comparison man/cc-mode.texi @ 67253:f3fd456d606b

Update for CC Mode 5.31.

67252:04d2abb755d9

\input texinfo

@c Notes to self regarding line handling:
@c
@c Empty lines are often significant before @end directives; avoid them.
@c
@c Empty lines before and after @example directives are significant in

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment No overfull hbox marks in the dvi file.
@finalout

@setfilename  ../info/ccmode
@settitle     CC Mode Manual
@footnotestyle end

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment @setchapternewpage odd !! we don't want blank pages !!
@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment <[e-mail]>
@comment
@comment Authors:
@comment Barry A. Warsaw
@comment Martin Stjernholm
@comment
@comment Maintained by Martin Stjernholm <[e-mail]>
@comment
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment Define an index for syntactic symbols.
@ifnottex
@defindex ss
@end ifnottex

@comment Combine key, syntactic symbol and concept indices into one.
@syncodeindex ss cp

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@titlepage
@sp 10

@center @titlefont{CC Mode 5.30}
@sp 2
@center @subtitlefont{A GNU Emacs mode for editing C and C-like languages}
@sp 2
@center Barry A. Warsaw, Martin Stjernholm, Alan Mackenzie (AWK support)

@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@end titlepage

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment The Top node contains the master menu for the Info file.
@comment This appears only in the Info file, not the printed manual.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@node    Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
@comment node-name, next, previous, up

@macro ccmode
CC Mode
@end macro

@ifinfo
@top @ccmode{}

@ccmode{} is a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C, C++,
Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants PSDL and CIDL), Pike
code and to a certain extent, AWK code @xref{AWK Mode}.  It provides
syntax-based indentation, font locking, and has several handy commands
and some minor modes to make the editing easier.  It does not provide
tools to look up and navigate between functions, classes etc - there are
other packages for that.
@end ifinfo

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@menu
* Introduction::
* Getting Connected::
* Indentation Engine::
* Minor Modes::
* Text Filling and Line Breaking::
* Macro Handling::
* Font Locking::
* Commands::
* Customizing Indentation::
* Syntactic Symbols::
* Indentation Functions::
* AWK Mode::
* Odds and Ends::
* Performance Issues::
* Limitations and Known Bugs::
* Frequently Asked Questions::
* Getting the Latest CC Mode Release::
* Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports::
* Sample .emacs File::

 --- Indices ---

* Command and Function Index::
* Variable Index::
* Concept Index::

@detailmenu
 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---

Indentation Engine

* Syntactic Analysis::
* Indentation Calculation::

Minor Modes

* Auto-newline Insertion::
* Hungry-deletion of Whitespace::

Font Locking

* Font Locking Preliminaries::
* Faces::
* Documentation Comments::

Auto-newline Insertion

* Hanging Braces::
* Hanging Colons::
* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
* Other Electric Commands::
* Clean-ups::

Commands

* Indentation Commands::
* Movement Commands::
* Other Commands::

Customizing Indentation

* Interactive Customization::
* Permanent Customization::
* Hooks::
* Styles::
* Advanced Customizations::

Styles

* Built-in Styles::
* Choosing a Style::
* Adding Styles::
* File Styles::

Advanced Customizations

* Custom Indentation Functions::
* Custom Brace and Colon Hanging::
* Customizing Semicolons and Commas::
* Other Special Indentations::

AWK Mode

* Initialising AWK Mode::
* AWK Mode Font Locking::
* AWK Mode Defuns::
@end detailmenu
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Introduction, Getting Connected, Top, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Introduction
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex BOCM

Welcome to @ccmode{}, a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C,
C++, Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants CORBA PSDL and
CIDL), Pike and to a certain extent, AWK code (@pxref{AWK Mode}).  This
incarnation of the mode is descended from @file{c-mode.el} (also called
``Boring Old C Mode'' or BOCM @t{:-)}, and @file{c++-mode.el} version 2,
which Barry has been maintaining since 1992.  Late in 1997, Martin
joined the @ccmode{} Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support.
As of 2000 Martin has taken over as the sole maintainer.  @ccmode{} did
not originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that
was added in version 5.30.  AWK support was also added in 5.30 by Alan
Mackenzie.

This manual describes @ccmode{}
@comment The following line must appear on its own, so that the automated
version 5.30.
@comment Release.py script can update the version number automatically

@ccmode{} supports the editing of K&R and ANSI C, C++, Objective-C,
Java, CORBA's Interface Definition Language, Pike@footnote{A C-like
scripting language with its roots in the LPC language used in some MUD

@findex objc-mode
@findex java-mode
@findex idl-mode
@findex pike-mode
@findex awk-mode
Note that the name of this package is ``@ccmode{},'' but there is no top
level @code{cc-mode} entry point.  All of the variables, commands, and
functions in @ccmode{} are prefixed with @code{c-@var{thing}}, and
@code{c-mode}, @code{c++-mode}, @code{objc-mode}, @code{java-mode},
@code{idl-mode}, @code{pike-mode}, and @code{awk-mode} entry points are
provided.  This package is intended to be a replacement for
@file{c-mode.el}, @file{c++-mode.el} and @file{awk-mode.el}.

@c @cindex @file{cc-compat.el} file
@c This distribution also contains a file
@c called @file{cc-compat.el} which should ease your transition from BOCM
@c to @ccmode{}.  If you have a BOCM configuration you are really happy
@c with, and want to postpone learning how to configure @ccmode{}, take a
@c look at that file.  It maps BOCM configuration variables to @ccmode{}'s
@c indentation model.  It is not actively supported so for the long run,
@c you should learn how to customize @ccmode{} to support your coding
@c style.

A special word of thanks goes to Krishna Padmasola for his work in
converting the original @file{README} file to Texinfo format.  I'd also
like to thank all the @ccmode{} victims who help enormously during the
early beta stages of @ccmode{}'s development.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Getting Connected, Indentation Engine, Introduction, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Getting Connected
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If you got this version of @ccmode{} with Emacs or XEmacs, it should
work just fine right out of the box.  Note however that you may not have
the latest @ccmode{} release and may want to upgrade your copy.

If you are upgrading an existing @ccmode{} installation, please see the
@file{README} file for installation details.  @ccmode{} may not work
with older versions of Emacs or XEmacs.  See the @ccmode{} release notes
at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net} for the latest information on
Emacs version and package compatibility (@pxref{Getting the Latest CC
Mode Release}).

@deffn Command c-version
@findex version (c-)
You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}.  You should see this message in

@noindent
where @samp{XX} is the minor release number.
@end deffn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Engine, Minor Modes, Getting Connected, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Indentation Engine
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} has an indentation engine that provides a flexible and general
mechanism for customizing indentation. It separates indentation
calculation into two steps: first, @ccmode{} analyzes the line of code
being indented to determine the kind of language construct it's looking
at, then it applies user defined offsets to the current line based on
this analysis.

This section will briefly cover how indentation is calculated in
@ccmode{}. It is important to understand the indentation model being
used so that you will know how to customize @ccmode{} for your personal
coding style.  All the details are in @ref{Customizing Indentation}, and
later chapters.

@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-)
Syntactic analysis for indentation is done when this is non-@code{nil}
(which is the default).  When it's @code{nil} every line is just
indented to the same level as the previous one, and @kbd{TAB}
(@code{c-indent-command}) adjusts the indentation in steps of
@code{c-basic-offset}.  The indentation style has no effect, nor any of
the indentation associated variables, e.g., @code{c-special-indent-hook}.
@end defopt

@menu
* Syntactic Analysis::
* Indentation Calculation::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Calculation, , Indentation Engine
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Syntactic Analysis
@cindex syntactic analysis
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex relative buffer position
@cindex syntactic symbols
@cindex syntactic component
@cindex syntactic component list
The first thing @ccmode{} does when indenting a line of code, is to
analyze the line, determining the @dfn{syntactic component list} of the
construct on that line.  A syntactic component consists of a pair of
elements (in lisp parlance, a @emph{cons cell}), the first being
a @dfn{syntactic symbol}, the second being a @dfn{relative
buffer position}.  Syntactic symbols describe elements of C code
@footnote{Unless otherwise noted, the term ``C code'' refers to all
the C-like languages.}, e.g., @code{statement}, @code{substatement},
@code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc.  @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and their
semantics.  The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} also contains the
list of currently supported syntactic symbols.

Conceptually, a line of C code is always indented relative to the
indentation of some line higher up in the buffer.  This is represented
by the relative buffer position in the syntactic component.

Here is an example.  Suppose we had the following code as the only thing
in a C++ buffer @footnote{The line numbers in this and future examples
don't actually appear in the buffer, of course!}:

@example
 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
 2: @{
 3:     int tmp = a;
 4:     a = b;
 5:     b = tmp;
 6: @}
@end example

@kindex C-c C-s
@findex c-show-syntactic-information
@findex show-syntactic-information (c-)
We can use the command @kbd{C-c C-s} (bound to
@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) to simply report what the
syntactic analysis is for the current line.  Running this command on
line 4 of this example, we'd see in the echo area@footnote{With a
universal argument (i.e., @kbd{C-u C-c C-s}) the analysis is inserted
into the buffer as a comment on the current line.}:

@example
((statement 35))
@end example

This tells us that the line is a statement and it is indented relative
to buffer position 35, which happens to be the @samp{i} in @code{int} on
line 3.  If you were to move point to line 3 and hit @kbd{C-c C-s}, you
would see:

@example
((defun-block-intro 29))
@end example

This indicates that the @samp{int} line is the first statement in a top
level function block, and is indented relative to buffer position 29,
which is the brace just after the function header.

Here's another example:

@example
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:     if( doit )
 4:         @{
 5:             return( val + incr );
 6:         @}
 7:     return( val );
 8: @}
@end example

@noindent
Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 gives us:

@example
((substatement-open 46))
@end example

@cindex substatement
@cindex substatement block
@noindent
which tells us that this is a brace that @emph{opens} a substatement
block. @footnote{A @dfn{substatement} is the line after a
conditional statement, such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while},
@code{do}, @code{switch}, etc.  A @dfn{substatement
block} is a brace block following one of these conditional statements.}

@cindex comment-only line
Syntactic component lists can contain more than one component, and
individual syntactic components need not have relative buffer positions.
The most common example of this is a line that contains a @dfn{comment
only line}.

@example
 1: void draw_list( List<Drawables>& drawables )
 2: @{
 3:         // call the virtual draw() method on each element in list
 4:     for( int i=0; i < drawables.count(), ++i )
 5:     @{
 6:         drawables[i].draw();
 7:     @}
 8: @}
@end example

@noindent
Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 3 of this example gives:

@example
((comment-intro) (defun-block-intro 46))
@end example

@noindent
and you can see that the syntactic component list contains two syntactic
components.  Also notice that the first component,
@samp{(comment-intro)} has no relative buffer position.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Calculation, , Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Engine
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Indentation Calculation
@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Indentation for a line is calculated using the syntactic
component list derived in step 1 above (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).
Each component contributes to the final total indentation of the line in
two ways.

First, the syntactic symbols are looked up in the @code{c-offsets-alist}
style variable, which is an association list of syntactic symbols and
the offsets to apply for those symbols.  These offsets are added to a
running total.

Second, if the component has a relative buffer position, @ccmode{}
adds the column number of that position to the running total.  By adding
up the offsets and columns for every syntactic component on the list,
the final total indentation for the current line is computed.

Let's use our two code examples above to see how this works.  Here is
our first example again:

@example
 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
 2: @{
 3:     int tmp = a;
 4:     a = b;
 5:     b = tmp;
 6: @}
@end example

Let's say point is on line 3 and we hit the @kbd{TAB} key to reindent
the line.  Remember that the syntactic component list for that
line is:

@example
((defun-block-intro 29))
@end example

@noindent
@ccmode{} looks up @code{defun-block-intro} in the
@code{c-offsets-alist} style variable.  Let's say it finds the value
@samp{4}; it adds this to the running total (initialized to zero),
yielding a running total indentation of 4 spaces.

Next @ccmode{} goes to buffer position 29 and asks for the current
column.  This brace is in column zero, so @ccmode{}
adds @samp{0} to the running total.  Since there is only one syntactic
component on the list for this line, indentation calculation is
complete, and the total indentation for the line
is 4 spaces.

Here's another example:

@example
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:     if( doit )
 4:         @{
 5:             return( val + incr );
 6:         @}
 7:     return( val );
 8: @}
@end example

If we were to hit @kbd{TAB} on line 4 in the above example, the same
basic process is performed, despite the differences in the syntactic
component list.  Remember that the list for this line is:

@example
((substatement-open 46))
@end example

Here, @ccmode{} first looks up the @code{substatement-open} symbol
in @code{c-offsets-alist}. Let's say it finds the value @samp{4}.  This
yields a running total of 4.  @ccmode{} then goes to
buffer position 46, which is the @samp{i} in @code{if} on line 3.  This
character is in the fourth column on that line so adding this to the
running total yields an indentation for the line of 8 spaces.

Simple, huh?

Actually, the mode usually just does The Right Thing without you having
to think about it in this much detail.  But when customizing
indentation, it's helpful to understand the general indentation model
being used.

As you configure @ccmode{}, you might want to set the variable
@code{c-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
syntactic component list and calculated offset will always be echoed in
the minibuffer when you hit @kbd{TAB}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Minor Modes, Text Filling and Line Breaking, Indentation Engine, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Minor Modes
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} contains two minor-mode-like features that you should
find useful while entering new C code.  The first is called
@dfn{auto-newline} mode, and the second is called @dfn{hungry-delete}
mode.  These minor modes can be toggled on and off independently, and
@ccmode{} can be configured so that it starts up with any
combination of these minor modes.  By default, both of these minor modes
are turned off.

The state of the minor modes is always reflected in the minor mode list
on the modeline of the @ccmode{} buffer.  When auto-newline mode is
enabled, you will see @samp{C/a} on the mode line@footnote{The @samp{C}
would be replaced with the name of the language in question for the
other languages @ccmode{} supports.}.  When hungry delete mode is
enabled you will see @samp{C/h} and if both modes were enabled, you'd
see @samp{C/ah}.

@kindex C-c C-a
@kindex C-c C-d
@kindex C-c C-t
@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
@findex c-toggle-auto-state
@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-)
@findex toggle-auto-state (c-)
@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-)
@ccmode{} provides key bindings which allow you to toggle the minor
modes on the fly while editing code.  To toggle just the auto-newline
state, hit @kbd{C-c C-a} (bound to @code{c-toggle-auto-state}).  When
you do this, you should see the @samp{a} indicator either appear or
disappear on the modeline.  Similarly, to toggle just the
hungry-delete state, use @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{c-toggle-hungry-state}),
and to toggle both states, use @kbd{C-c C-t}
(@code{c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}).

To set up the auto-newline and hungry-delete states to your preferred
values, you would need to add some lisp to your @file{.emacs} file that
called one of the @code{c-toggle-*-state} functions directly.  When
called programmatically, each function takes a numeric value, where
a positive number enables the minor mode, a negative number disables the
mode, and zero toggles the current state of the mode.

So for example, if you wanted to enable both auto-newline and
hungry-delete for all your C file editing, you could add the following
to your @file{.emacs} file:

@example
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
          (lambda () (c-toggle-auto-hungry-state 1)))
@end example

@menu
* Auto-newline Insertion::
* Hungry-deletion of Whitespace::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Auto-newline Insertion, Hungry-deletion of Whitespace, , Minor Modes
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Auto-newline Insertion
@cindex auto-newline
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex electric characters
Auto-newline minor mode works by enabling certain @dfn{electric
characters}.  Special characters such as the left and right braces,
colons, semicolons, etc., have been made electric to perform some
magic formatting in addition to inserting the typed character.  As a
general rule, electric characters are only electric when the following
conditions apply:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Auto-newline minor mode is enabled, as evidenced by a @samp{C/a} or
@samp{C/ah} indicator on the modeline.

@item
@cindex literal
@cindex syntactic whitespace
The character was not typed inside of a literal @footnote{A
@dfn{literal} is defined as any comment, string, or preprocessor macro
definition.  These constructs are also known as @dfn{syntactic
whitespace} since they are usually ignored when scanning C code.}.

@item
No numeric argument was supplied to the command (i.e., it was typed as
normal, with no @kbd{C-u} prefix).
@end itemize

@menu
* Hanging Braces::
* Hanging Colons::
* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
* Other Electric Commands::
* Clean-ups::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Braces, Hanging Colons, , Auto-newline Insertion
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Hanging Braces
@cindex hanging braces
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@findex c-electric-brace
@findex electric-brace (c-)
@kindex @{
@kindex @}

When you type either an open or close brace (i.e., @kbd{@{} or @kbd{@}}),
the electric command @code{c-electric-brace} gets run.  This command has
two electric formatting behaviors.  First, it will perform some
reindentation of the line the brace was typed on, and second, it will
add various newlines before and/or after the typed brace.
Reindentation occurs automatically whenever the electric behavior is
enabled.  If the brace ends up on a line other than the one it was typed
on, then that line is also reindented.

The default in auto-newline mode is to insert newlines both before and
after a brace, but that can be controlled by the
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist} style variable.

@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)

This variable contains a mapping between syntactic symbols related to
braces, and a list of places to insert a newline.  The syntactic symbols
that are useful for this list are @code{brace-list-intro},
@code{statement-cont}, @code{inexpr-class-open},
@code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the @code{*-open} and @code{*-close}
symbols.  @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, for a more detailed description of
these syntactic symbols, except for @code{inexpr-class-open} and
@code{inexpr-class-close}, which aren't actual syntactic symbols.

The braces of anonymous inner classes in Java are given the special
symbols @code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, so that
they can be distinguished from the braces of normal classes@footnote{The
braces of anonymous classes produce a combination of
@code{inexpr-class}, and @code{class-open} or @code{class-close} in
normal indentation analysis.}.

Note that the aggregate constructs in Pike mode, @samp{(@{}, @samp{@})},
@samp{([}, @samp{])}, and @samp{(<}, @samp{>)}, do not count as brace
lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation
purposes.  It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on
these constructs.

The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association list
is called an @var{action}, which can be either a function or a list.
@xref{Custom Brace and Colon Hanging}, for a more detailed discussion of
using a function as a brace hanging @var{action}.

When the @var{action} is a list, it can contain any combination of the
symbols @code{before} and @code{after}, directing @ccmode{} where to
put newlines in relationship to the brace being inserted.  Thus, if the
list contains only the symbol @code{after}, then the brace is said to
@dfn{hang} on the right side of the line, as in:

@example
// here, open braces always `hang'
void spam( int i ) @{
    if( i == 7 ) @{
        dosomething(i);
    @}
@}
@end example

When the list contains both @code{after} and @code{before}, the braces
will appear on a line by themselves, as shown by the close braces in the
above example.  The list can also be empty, in which case no newlines
are added either before or after the brace.

If a syntactic symbol is missing entirely from
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, it's treated in the same way as an
@var{action} with a list containing @code{before} and @code{after}, so
that braces by default end up on their own line.

For example, the default value of @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} is:

@example
((brace-list-open)
 (brace-entry-open)
 (statement-cont)
 (substatement-open after)
 (block-close . c-snug-do-while)
 (extern-lang-open after)
 (inexpr-class-open after)
 (inexpr-class-close before))
@end example

@noindent which says that @code{brace-list-open},
@code{brace-entry-open} and @code{statement-cont}@footnote{Brace lists
inside statements, such as initializers for static array variables
inside functions in C, are recognized as @code{statement-cont}.  All
normal substatement blocks are recognized with other symbols.} braces
should both hang on the right side and allow subsequent text to follow
on the same line as the brace.  Also, @code{substatement-open},
@code{extern-lang-open}, and @code{inexpr-class-open} braces should hang
on the right side, but subsequent text should follow on the next line.
The opposite holds for @code{inexpr-class-close} braces; they won't
hang, but the following text continues on the same line.  Here, in the
@code{block-close} entry, you also see an example of using a function as
an @var{action}.  In all other cases, braces are put on a line by
themselves.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Colons, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Hanging Braces, Auto-newline Insertion
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Hanging Colons
@cindex hanging colons
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist}.

@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)

The syntactic symbols appropriate for this association list are:
@code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label},
@code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}.  Note however that for
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist}, @var{action}s as functions are not
supported. See also @ref{Custom Brace and Colon Hanging} for details.

In C++, double-colons are used as a scope operator but because these
colons always appear right next to each other, newlines before and after
them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
@ccmode{}.  @xref{Clean-ups}, for details.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Other Electric Commands, Hanging Colons, Auto-newline Insertion
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Hanging Semicolons and Commas
@cindex hanging semicolons
@cindex hanging commas
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Semicolons and commas are also electric in @ccmode{}, but since
these characters do not correspond directly to syntactic symbols, a
different mechanism is used to determine whether newlines should be
automatically inserted after these characters.  @xref{Customizing
Semicolons and Commas}, for details.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Other Electric Commands, Clean-ups, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Auto-newline Insertion
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Other Electric Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

A few other keys also provide electric behavior, often only to reindent
the line.  Common to all of them is that they only reindent if used in
normal code (as opposed to in a string literal or comment), and
@code{c-syntactic-indentation} isn't @code{nil}.  They are:

@table @kbd
@item #
@kindex #
@findex c-electric-pound

zero.  This is useful for entering preprocessor macro definitions.

Pound is not electric in AWK buffers, where @samp{#} starts a comment,
and is bound to @code{self-insert-command} like any typical printable
character.

@item *
@kindex *
@itemx /
@kindex /
@findex c-electric-star
@findex electric-star (c-)
@findex c-electric-slash
@findex electric-slash (c-)
Stars and slashes (bound to @code{c-electric-star} and
@code{c-electric-slash} respectively) are also electric under certain
circumstances.  If a @samp{*} is inserted as the second character of a C
style block comment on a comment-only line, then the comment delimiter
is indented as defined by @code{c-offsets-alist}.  A comment-only line
is defined as a line which contains only a comment, as in:

@example
@group
void spam( int i )
@{
    // this is a comment-only line...
    if( i == 7 )                // but this is not
    @{
        dosomething(i);
    @}
@}
@end group
@end example

Likewise, if a @samp{/} is inserted as the second slash in a C++ style
line comment (also only on a comment-only line), then the line is
indented as defined by @code{c-offsets-alist}.

In AWK mode, @samp{*} and @samp{/} do not delimit comments and are
bound to @code{self-insert-command}.

@item <
@kindex <
@itemx >
@kindex >
@findex c-electric-lt-gt
@findex electric-lt-gt (c-)
Less-than and greater-than signs (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) are
electric, but only in C++ mode.  Hitting the second of two @kbd{<} or
@kbd{>} keys reindents the line if it is a C++ style stream operator.

@item (
@kindex (
@itemx )
@kindex )
@findex c-electric-paren
@findex electric-paren (c-)
The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} reindent the
current line.  This is useful for getting the closing parenthesis of an
argument list aligned automatically.
@end table

@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement
@findex electric-continued-statement (c-)

Certain keywords, depending on language, are electric to cause
reindentation when they are preceded only by whitespace on the line.
The keywords are those that continue an earlier statement instead of
starting a new one: @code{else}, @code{while}, @code{catch} (only in C++
and Java) and @code{finally} (only in Java).

An example:

@example
@group

else
@end group
@end example

Here, the @code{else} should be indented like the preceding @code{if},
since it continues that statement. @ccmode{} will automatically reindent
it after the @code{else} has been typed in full, since it's not until
then it's possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a
continuation of the preceding @code{if}.

@vindex abbrev-mode
@findex abbrev-mode
@cindex Abbrev mode
@ccmode{} uses Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor})
to accomplish this. It's therefore turned on by default in all language
modes except IDL mode, since CORBA IDL doesn't have any statements.
@end deffn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Clean-ups, , Other Electric Commands, Auto-newline Insertion
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Clean-ups
@cindex clean-ups
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@dfn{Clean-ups} are mechanisms complementary to colon and brace hanging.
On the surface, it would seem that clean-ups overlap the functionality
provided by the @code{c-hanging-*-alist} variables.  Clean-ups are
however used to adjust code ``after-the-fact,'' i.e., to adjust the
whitespace in constructs after they are typed.

Most of the clean-ups are only applicable to counteract automatically
inserted newlines, and will therefore only have any effect if the
auto-newline minor mode is turned on.  Others will work all the time.

@defopt c-cleanup-list
@vindex cleanup-list (c-)
@cindex literal

You can configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
@code{c-cleanup-list}, which is a list of clean-up symbols.  By default,
@ccmode{} cleans up only the @code{scope-operator} construct, which is
necessary for proper C++ support.  Note that clean-ups are only
performed when the construct does not occur within a literal
(@pxref{Auto-newline Insertion}), and when there is nothing but
whitespace appearing between the individual components of the construct.
@end defopt

These are the clean-ups that are only active in the auto-newline minor
mode:

@c TBD: Would like to use some sort of @deffoo here; @table indents a
@c bit too much in dvi output.
@table @code
@item brace-else-brace
Clean up @samp{@} else @{} constructs by placing the entire construct on
a single line.  Clean-up occurs when the open brace after the
@samp{else} is typed.  So for example, this:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @}
    else
    @{
@end group
@end example

@noindent
appears like this after the last open brace is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else @{
@end group
@end example

@item brace-elseif-brace
Similar to the @code{brace-else-brace} clean-up, but this cleans up
@samp{@} else if (...) @{} constructs.  For example:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @}
    else if( i==3 )
    @{
@end group
@end example

@noindent
appears like this after the last open parenthesis is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else if( i==3 )
    @{
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and like this after the last open brace is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else if( i==3 ) @{
@end group
@end example

@item brace-catch-brace
Analogous to @code{brace-elseif-brace}, but cleans up @samp{@} catch
(...) @{} in C++ and Java mode.

@item empty-defun-braces
Clean up braces following a top-level function or class definition that
contains no body.  Clean up occurs when the closing brace is typed.
Thus the following:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
@}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
is transformed into this when the close brace is typed:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{@}
@end group
@end example

@item defun-close-semi
Clean up the terminating semicolon on top-level function or class
definitions when they follow a close brace.  Clean up occurs when the
semicolon is typed.  So for example, the following:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
@}
;
@end group
@end example

@noindent
is transformed into this when the semicolon is typed:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
@};
@end group
@end example

@item list-close-comma
Clean up commas following braces in array and aggregate initializers.
Clean up occurs when the comma is typed.

@item scope-operator
Clean up double colons which may designate a C++ scope operator split
across multiple lines@footnote{Certain C++ constructs introduce
ambiguous situations, so @code{scope-operator} clean-ups may not always
be correct.  This usually only occurs when scoped identifiers appear in
switch label tags.}.  Clean up occurs when the second colon is typed.
You will always want @code{scope-operator} in the @code{c-cleanup-list}
when you are editing C++ code.
@end table

The following clean-ups are always active when they occur on
@code{c-cleanup-list}, and are thus not affected by the auto-newline
minor mode:

@table @code
@item space-before-funcall
Insert a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis of
a function call.  This produces function calls in the style mandated by
the GNU coding standards, e.g., @samp{signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN)} and
@samp{abort ()}.  Clean up occurs when the opening parenthesis is typed.

@item compact-empty-funcall
Clean up any space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
of a function call that has no arguments.  This is typically used
together with @code{space-before-funcall} if you prefer the GNU function
call style for functions with arguments but think it looks ugly when
it's only an empty parenthesis pair.  I.e., you will get @samp{signal
(SIGINT, SIG_IGN)}, but @samp{abort()}.  Clean up occurs when the
closing parenthesis is typed.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hungry-deletion of Whitespace, , Auto-newline Insertion, Minor Modes
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hungry-deletion of Whitespace
@cindex hungry-deletion
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Hungry deletion of whitespace, or as it more commonly called,
@dfn{hungry-delete mode}, is a simple feature that some people find
extremely useful.  In fact, you might find yourself wanting
hungry-delete in @strong{all} your editing modes!

@kindex DEL
@kindex C-d

In a nutshell, when hungry-delete mode is enabled, hitting the @kbd{DEL}
or @kbd{C-d} keys will consume all preceding or following whitespace,
including newlines and tabs.  This can really cut down on the number of
times you have to hit these keys if, for example, you made a mistake on
the preceding line.

@deffn Command c-electric-backspace
@findex electric-backspace (c-)
This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key.  It
deletes any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction if
hungry-delete mode is enabled.  When it's disabled, or when used with
a prefix argument or in a literal (@pxref{Auto-newline Insertion}),
the function contained in the @code{c-backspace-function} variable is
called with the prefix argument.
@end deffn

@defvar c-backspace-function
@vindex backspace-function (c-)
@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace.  The default
value is @code{backward-delete-char-untabify}.
@end defvar

@deffn Command c-electric-delete-forward
@findex electric-delete-forward (c-)
This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction.  When it
doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
calls the function in @code{c-delete-function} with its prefix
argument.
@end deffn

@defvar c-delete-function
@vindex delete-function (c-)
@findex delete-char
Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace.  The
default value is @code{delete-char}.
@end defvar

Above we have only talked about the @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} key events,
without connecting them to the physical keys commonly known as
@key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}.  The default behavior of those two
depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using.

@findex c-electric-delete
@findex electric-delete (c-)
@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward

In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
@code{c-electric-delete}.  You control the direction it deletes in by
setting the variable @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}, a standard
XEmacs variable.  When this variable is non-@code{nil},
@code{c-electric-delete} will do forward deletion with
@code{c-electric-delete-forward}, otherwise it does backward deletion
with @code{c-electric-backspace}.

In other Emacs versions, @ccmode{} doesn't bind either @key{Backspace}
or @key{Delete}.  In XEmacs 19 and Emacs prior to 21 that means that
it's up to you to fix them.  Emacs 21 automatically binds them as
appropriate to @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d}.

Another way to use hungry deletion is to bind
@code{c-hungry-backspace} and @code{c-hungry-delete-forward} directly
to keys, and not use the mode toggling.  For example @kbd{C-c C-d} and
@kbd{C-c DEL} to match plain @kbd{C-d} and @kbd{DEL},

@example
(add-hook
 'c-mode-common-hook
 (lambda ()
   (define-key c-mode-base-map
               [?\C-c ?\d] 'c-hungry-backspace)
   (define-key c-mode-base-map
               [?\C-c ?\C-d] 'c-hungry-delete-forward)))
@end example

@deffn Command c-hungry-backspace
@findex hungry-backspace (c-)
Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).
@end deffn

@deffn Command c-hungry-delete-forward
@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-)
Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).
@end deffn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Text Filling and Line Breaking, Macro Handling, Minor Modes, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Text Filling and Line Breaking
@cindex text filling
@cindex line breaking
@cindex comment handling
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode.  The goal
is to do it as seamlessly as possible, i.e., you can use auto fill mode,
sentence and paragraph movement, paragraph filling, adaptive filling etc
wherever there's a piece of normal text without having to think much
about it.  @ccmode{} should keep the indentation, fix the comment line
decorations, and so on, for you.  It does that by hooking in on the
different line breaking functions and tuning relevant variables as
necessary.

@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
@cindex comment line prefix
@vindex comment-start

paragraphs, @ccmode{} makes several standard
variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
@code{comment-start-skip}, @code{paragraph-start},
@code{paragraph-separate}, @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix},
@code{adaptive-fill-mode}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp}, and
@code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}.} buffer local and modifies them
according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.

@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
every line in a comment.  The default is @samp{//+\\|\\**}, which
matches C++ style line comments like

@example
// blah blah
@end example

@noindent
with two or more slashes in front of them, and C style block comments
like

@example
@group
/*
 * blah blah

@end example

@noindent
with zero or more stars at the beginning of every line.  If you change
this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
(i.e., @code{//}) of line comments @emph{and} the line prefix inside
block comments.

@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-)
Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at mode
initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it inside a
@ccmode{} buffer.  You need to call the command
@code{c-setup-paragraph-variables} too, to update those other variables with
the new value.  That's also the case if you modify this variable in a
mode hook, since @ccmode{} sets up all variables before calling them.
@end defopt

@findex auto-fill-mode
@cindex Auto Fill mode
@cindex paragraph filling
Line breaks are by default handled (almost) the same regardless whether
they are made by auto fill mode (@pxref{Auto Fill,,, emacs, The Emacs
Editor}), paragraph filling (e.g., with @kbd{M-q}), or explicitly with
@kbd{M-j} or similar methods.  In string literals, the new line gets the
same indentation as the previous nonempty line (may be changed with the
@code{string} syntactic symbol).  In comments, @ccmode{} uses
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to adapt the line prefix from the other
lines in the comment.

@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
@ccmode{} uses adaptive fill mode (@pxref{Adaptive Fill,,, emacs, The
Emacs Editor}) to make Emacs correctly keep the line prefix when filling
paragraphs.  That also makes Emacs preserve the text indentation
@emph{inside} the comment line prefix.  e.g., in the following comment,
both paragraphs will be filled with the left margins of the texts kept
intact:

@example
@group
/* Make a balanced b-tree of the nodes in the incoming
 * stream.  But, to quote the famous words of Donald E.

@uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/}.  As of version 2.12, it does however
lack a feature that makes it work suboptimally when
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} matches the empty string (which it does
by default).  A patch for that is available from
@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/,, the CC Mode web site}.},
which handles things like bulleted lists nicely.  There's a convenience
function @code{c-setup-filladapt} that tunes the relevant variables in
Filladapt for use in @ccmode{}.  Call it from a mode hook, e.g., with
something like this in your @file{.emacs}:

@example
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  (c-setup-filladapt)

@noindent
break into

@example
@group
/* Got O(n^2) here,
 * which is a Bad Thing. */
@end group
@end example

Note that it won't work to adjust the indentation by putting leading
spaces in @code{c-block-comment-prefix}, since @ccmode{} still uses the
normal indentation engine to indent the line.  Thus, the right way to
fix the indentation is by customizing the @code{c} syntactic symbol.  It
defaults to @code{c-lineup-C-comments}, which handles the indentation of
most common comment styles, see @ref{Indentation Functions}.
@end defopt

@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-)
When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g., to never
break a line automatically inside a string literal.  This variable
takes a list of symbols for the different contexts where auto-filling
never should occur:

@table @code

@item c++
Inside a C++ style line comment.
@item cpp
Inside a preprocessor directive.
@item code
Anywhere else, i.e., in normal code.
@end table

By default, @code{c-ignore-auto-fill} is set to @code{'(string cpp
code)}, which means that auto-filling only occurs in comments when
auto-fill mode is activated.  In literals, it's often desirable to have
explicit control over newlines.  In preprocessor directives, the
necessary @samp{\} escape character before the newline is not
automatically inserted, so an automatic line break would produce invalid
code.  In normal code, line breaks are normally dictated by some logical
structure in the code rather than the last whitespace character, so
automatic line breaks there will produce poor results in the current
implementation.
@end defopt

The commands that do the actual work follow.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
@kindex M-q
@findex c-fill-paragraph
@findex fill-paragraph (c-)
@cindex Javadoc markup
@cindex Pike autodoc markup
This is the replacement for @code{fill-paragraph} in @ccmode{}
buffers. It's used to fill multiline string literals and both block and
line style comments.  In Java buffers, the Javadoc markup words are
recognized as paragraph starters.  The line oriented Pike autodoc markup
words are recognized in the same way in Pike mode.

The function keeps the comment starters and enders of block comments as
they were before the filling.  This means that a comment ender on the
same line as the paragraph being filled will be filled with the
paragraph, and one on a line by itself will stay as it is.  The comment
starter is handled similarly@footnote{This means that the variables
@code{c-hanging-comment-starter-p} and @code{c-hanging-comment-ender-p},
which controlled this behavior in earlier versions of @ccmode{}, are now
obsolete.}.

@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
@kindex M-j
@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-)
This is the replacement for @code{indent-new-comment-line}.  It breaks
the line at point and indents the new line like the current one.

@vindex comment-multi-line
If inside a comment and @code{comment-multi-line} is non-@code{nil}, the
indentation and line prefix are preserved.  If inside a comment and
@code{comment-multi-line} is @code{nil}, a new comment of the same type
is started on the next line and indented as appropriate for comments.

Note that @ccmode{} sets @code{comment-multi-line} to @code{t} at
startup.  The reason is that @kbd{M-j} could otherwise produce sequences
of single line block comments for texts that should logically be treated
as one comment, and the rest of the paragraph handling code
(e.g., @kbd{M-q} and @kbd{M-a}) can't cope with that, which would lead to
inconsistent behavior.

@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
@findex c-context-line-break
@findex context-line-break (c-)
This is a function that works like @code{indent-new-comment-line} in
comments and @code{newline-and-indent} elsewhere, thus combining those
two in a way that uses each one in the context it's best suited for.
I.e., in comments the comment line prefix and indentation is kept for
the new line, and in normal code it's indented according to context by
the indentation engine.

In macros it acts like @code{newline-and-indent} but additionally
inserts and optionally aligns the line ending backslash so that the
macro remains unbroken.  @xref{Macro Handling}, for details about the
backslash alignment.

It's not bound to a key by default, but it's intended to be used on the
@kbd{RET} key.  If you like the behavior of @code{newline-and-indent} on
@kbd{RET}, you should consider switching to this function.

@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
@findex c-context-open-line
@findex context-open-line (c-)
This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}.  I.e., it works just like
@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
line break.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Macro Handling, Font Locking, Text Filling and Line Breaking, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Macro Handling
@cindex macros
@cindex preprocessor directives
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Preprocessor directives are handled as syntactic whitespace from other
code, i.e., they can be interspersed anywhere without affecting the
syntactic analysis, just like comments.

The code inside macro definitions is still analyzed syntactically so
that you get relative indentation there just as you'd get if the same
code was outside a macro.  However, since there is no hint about the
syntactic context, i.e., whether the macro expands to an expression, to some
statements, or perhaps to whole functions, the syntactic recognition can be
wrong.  @ccmode{} manages to figure it out correctly most of the time,
though.  @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, for details about the indentation.

@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-)
Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default.  If this
is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
@end defopt

@ccmode{} provides some tools to help keep the line continuation
backslashes in macros neat and tidy:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region})
@kindex C-c C-\
@findex c-backslash-region
@findex backslash-region (c-)
This function inserts and aligns or deletes the end-of-line backslashes
in the current region.

With no prefix argument, it inserts any missing backslashes and aligns
them according to the @code{c-backslash-column} and
@code{c-backslash-max-column} variables.  With a prefix argument, it
deletes any backslashes.

The function does not modify blank lines at the start of the region.  If
the region ends at the start of a line, it always deletes the backslash
(if any) at the end of the previous line.
@end table

@defopt c-backslash-column
@vindex backslash-column (c-)
@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
@vindex backslash-max-column (c-)
These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
backslashes in multiline macros.  They are used by the functions that
automatically insert or align such backslashes,
e.g., @code{c-backslash-region} and @code{c-context-line-break}.

@code{c-backslash-column} specifies the minimum column for the
backslashes.  If any line in the macro exceeds it then the next tab
stop from that line is used as the alignment column for all the
backslashes, so that they remain in a single column.  However, if some
lines exceed @code{c-backslash-max-column} then the backslashes in the
rest of the macro will be kept at that column, so that the
lines which are too long ``stick out'' instead.
@end defopt

@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-)
Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
non-@code{nil}.  When line continuation backslashes are inserted
automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g., by
@code{c-context-line-break}, they are aligned with the other backslashes
in the same macro if this flag is set.  Otherwise the inserted
backslashes are preceded by a single space.
@end defopt

The recommended line breaking function, @code{c-context-line-break}
(@pxref{Text Filling and Line Breaking}), is especially nice if you edit
multiline macros frequently.  When used inside a macro, it automatically
inserts and adjusts the mandatory backslash at the end of the line to
keep the macro together, and it leaves the point at the right
indentation column for the code.  Thus you can write code inside macros
almost exactly as you can elsewhere, without having to bother with the
trailing backslashes.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Font Locking, Commands, Macro Handling, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Font Locking
@cindex font locking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@strong{Please note:} The font locking in AWK mode is currently not integrated
with the rest of @ccmode{}, so this section does not apply there.
@xref{AWK Mode Font Locking}, instead.

@cindex Font Lock mode

@ccmode{} provides font locking for its supported languages by supplying
patterns for use with Font Lock mode.  This means that you get distinct
faces on the various syntactic parts such as comments, strings, keywords
and types, which is very helpful in telling them apart at a glance and
discovering syntactic errors.  @xref{Font Lock,,, emacs, The Emacs
Editor}, for ways to enable font locking in @ccmode{} buffers.

@menu
* Font Locking Preliminaries::
* Faces::
* Documentation Comments::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Font Locking Preliminaries, Faces, , Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Font Locking Preliminaries
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The font locking for most of the @ccmode{} languages were provided
directly by the Font Lock package prior to version 5.30 of @ccmode{}.
In the transition to @ccmode{} the patterns have been reworked
completely and are applied uniformly across all the languages except AWK
mode, just like the indentation rules (although each language still has
some pecularities of its own, of course).  Since the languages
previously had completely separate font locking patterns, this means
that it's a bit different in most languages now.

The main goal for the font locking in @ccmode{} is accuracy, to provide
a dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
declarations and types can be very tricky.  @ccmode{} can go to great
lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
variable @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration}.

@vindex font-lock-maximum-decoration

The decoration levels are used as follows:

@enumerate
@comment 1
@item
Minimal font locking: Fontify only comments, strings and preprocessor
directives (in the languages that use cpp).

@comment 2
@item
Fast normal font locking: In addition to level 1, fontify keywords,
simple types and declarations that are easy to recognize.  The variables
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} (where @samp{*} is the name of the
language) are used to recognize types (see below).  Documentation
comments like Javadoc are fontified according to
@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Documentation Comments}).

Use this if you think the font locking is too slow.  It's the closest
corresponding level to level 3 in the old font lock patterns.

@comment 3
@item
Accurate normal font locking: Like level 2 but uses a different approach
that can recognize types and declarations much more accurately.  The
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} variables are still used, but user
defined types are recognized correctly anyway in most cases.  Therefore
those variables should be fairly restrictive and not contain patterns
that are uncertain.

@cindex Lazy Lock mode
@cindex Just-in-time Lock mode

This level is designed for fairly modern hardware and a font lock
support mode like Lazy Lock or Just-in-time Lock mode that only
fontifies the parts that are actually shown.
@end enumerate

@cindex user defined types
@cindex types, user defined

Since user defined types are hard to recognize you can provide
additional regexps to match those you use:

@defopt c-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx c++-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx objc-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx java-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx idl-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx pike-font-lock-extra-types
For each language there's a variable @code{*-font-lock-extra-types},
where @samp{*} stands for the language in question.  It contains a list
of regexps that matches identifiers that should be recognized as types,
e.g., @samp{\\sw+_t} to recognize all identifiers ending with @samp{_t}
as is customary in C code.  Each regexp should not match more than a
single identifier.

The default values contain regexps for many types in standard runtime
libraries that are otherwise difficult to recognize, and patterns for
standard type naming conventions like the @samp{_t} suffix in C and C++.
Java, Objective-C and Pike have as a convention to start class names
with capitals, so there are patterns for that in those languages.

Despite the names of these variables, they are not only used for
fontification but in other places as well where @ccmode{} needs to
recognize types.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Faces, Documentation Comments, Font Locking Preliminaries, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Faces
@cindex faces
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} attempts to use the standard faces for programming languages
in accordance with their intended purposes as far as possible.  No extra
faces are currently provided, with the exception of a replacement face
@code{c-invalid-face} for emacsen that don't provide
@code{font-lock-warning-face}.

@itemize @bullet
@item
@vindex font-lock-comment-face
Normal comments are fontified in @code{font-lock-comment-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-doc-face
@vindex font-lock-doc-string-face
@vindex font-lock-comment-face
Comments that are recognized as documentation (@pxref{Documentation
Comments}) get @code{font-lock-doc-face} (Emacs) or
@code{font-lock-doc-string-face} (XEmacs) if those faces exist.  If they
don't then @code{font-lock-comment-face} is used.

@item
@vindex font-lock-string-face
String and character literals are fontified in
@code{font-lock-string-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-keyword-face
Keywords are fontified with @code{font-lock-keyword-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-function-name-face
@code{font-lock-function-name-face} is used for function names in
declarations and definitions, and classes in those contexts.  It's also
used for preprocessor defines with arguments.

@item
@vindex font-lock-variable-name-face
Variables in declarations and definitions, and other identifiers in such
variable contexts, get @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}.  It's also
used for preprocessor defines without arguments.

@item
@vindex font-lock-constant-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Builtin constants are fontified in @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it
exists, @code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise.  As opposed to the
preceding two faces, this is used on the names in expressions, and it's
not used in declarations, even if there happen to be a @samp{const} in
them somewhere.

@item
@vindex font-lock-type-face
@code{font-lock-type-face} is put on types (both predefined and user
defined) and classes in type contexts.

@item
@vindex font-lock-constant-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Label identifiers get @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it exists,
@code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise.

@item
Name qualifiers and identifiers for scope constructs are fontified like
labels.

@item
Special markup inside documentation comments are also fontified like
labels.

@item
@vindex font-lock-preprocessor-face
@vindex font-lock-builtin-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Preprocessor directives get @code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} if it
exists (i.e., XEmacs).  In Emacs they get @code{font-lock-builtin-face}
or @code{font-lock-reference-face}, for lack of a closer equivalent.

@item
@vindex font-lock-warning-face
@vindex c-invalid-face
@vindex invalid-face (c-)
Some kinds of syntactic errors are fontified with
@code{font-lock-warning-face} in Emacs.  In older XEmacs versions
there's no corresponding standard face, so there a special
@code{c-invalid-face} is used, which is defined to stand out sharply by
default.

Note that it's not used for @samp{#error} or @samp{#warning} directives,
since those aren't syntactic errors in themselves.
@end itemize


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Documentation Comments, , Faces, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Documentation Comments
@cindex documentation comments
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

There are various tools to supply documentation in the source as
specially structured comments, e.g., the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
@ccmode{} provides an extensible mechanism to fontify such comments and
the special markup inside them.

@defopt c-doc-comment-style
@vindex doc-comment-style (c-)
This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment
style to recognize, e.g., @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.

The value may also be a list of styles, in which case all of them are
recognized simultaneously (presumably with markup cues that don't
conflict).

The value may also be an association list to specify different comment
styles for different languages.  The symbol for the major mode is then
looked up in the alist, and the value of that element is interpreted as
above if found.  If it isn't found then the symbol `other' is looked up
and its value is used instead.

Note that @ccmode{} uses this variable to set other variables that
handle fontification etc.  That's done at mode initialization or when
you switch to a style which sets this variable.  Thus, if you change it
in some other way, e.g., interactively in a CC Mode buffer, you will need
to do @kbd{M-x java-mode} (or whatever mode you're currently using) to
reinitialize.

@findex c-setup-doc-comment-style
@findex setup-doc-comment-style (c-)
Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are
modified before the mode hooks are run.  If you change this variable in
a mode hook, you have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
afterwards to redo that work.
@end defopt

@ccmode{} currently provides handing of the following doc comment
styles:

@table @code
@item javadoc
@cindex Javadoc markup
Javadoc comments, the standard tool in Java.

@item autodoc
@cindex Pike autodoc markup
For Pike autodoc markup, the standard in Pike.
@end table

The above is by no means complete.  If you'd like to see support for
other doc comment styles, please let us know (@pxref{Mailing Lists and
Submitting Bug Reports}).

You can also write your own doc comment fontification support to use
with @code{c-doc-comment-style}: Supply a variable or function
@code{*-font-lock-keywords} where @samp{*} is the name you want to use
in @code{c-doc-comment-style}.  If it's a variable, it's prepended to
@code{font-lock-keywords}.  If it's a function, it's called at mode
initialization and the result is prepended.  For an example, see
@code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}.

If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider
contributing it --- send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Commands, Customizing Indentation, Font Locking, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@menu
* Indentation Commands::
* Movement Commands::
* Other Commands::
@end menu

See also @ref{Text Filling and Line Breaking} and @ref{Macro Handling},
for commands concerning those bits.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Commands, Movement Commands, , Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous,up
@section Indentation Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The following list of commands reindent C constructs.  Note that when
you change your coding style, either interactively or through some other
means, your file does @emph{not} automatically get reindented.  You
will need to execute one of the following commands to see the effects of
your changes.

@cindex GNU indent program
Also, variables like @code{c-hanging-*} and @code{c-cleanup-list}
only affect how on-the-fly code is formatted.  Changing the
``hanginess'' of a brace and then reindenting, will not move the brace
to a different line.  For this, you're better off getting an external
program like GNU @code{indent}, which will rearrange brace location,
among other things.

Reindenting large sections of code can take a long time.  When
@ccmode{} reindents a region of code, it is essentially equivalent to
hitting @kbd{TAB} on every line of the region.

These commands are useful when indenting code:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command})
@kindex TAB
@findex c-indent-command
@findex indent-command (c-)
Indents the current line.  The actual behavior is controlled by several
variables, described below.  See @code{c-tab-always-indent},
@code{c-insert-tab-function}, and @code{indent-tabs-mode}.  With a
numeric argument, this command rigidly indents the region, preserving
the relative indentation among the lines.

@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
@kindex C-M-q
@findex c-indent-exp
@findex indent-exp (c-)
Indent an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression.  Note that
point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression you
want to indent.

@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
@kindex C-c C-q
@findex c-indent-defun
@findex indent-defun (c-)
Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
encompassing point.  It leaves point unchanged.  This function can't be
used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
function, or a Java method.  The top-level construct being reindented
must be complete, i.e., it must have both a beginning brace and an ending
brace.

@item @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region})
@kindex C-M-\
@findex indent-region
Indents an arbitrary region of code.  This is a standard Emacs command,
tailored for C code in a @ccmode{} buffer.  Note, of course, that point
and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.

@item @kbd{M-;} (@code{indent-for-comment})
@kindex M-;
@findex indent-for-comment
Insert a comment at the end of the current line, if none is there already.
Then reindent the comment according to the variables
@code{c-indent-comment-alist}, @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p}
and @code{comment-column}.  Then position the point after the comment
starter.  This is a standard Emacs command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a
bit with two variables:

@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-)
@vindex comment-column
This style variable allows you to control which column @kbd{M-;}
indents the comment to, depending on the preceding code and the
indentation of a similar comment on the preceding line, if there is
any.  It is an association list that maps different types of lines to
actions describing how they should be handled.  If a certain line type
isn't present on the list then the line is indented to the column
specified by @code{comment-column}.  See the documentation string for
@code{c-indent-comment-alist} for a full description of the available
line types and actions (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
@end defopt

@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-)
Normally, when this variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will indent
comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist}, just as
it does with lines where other code precede the comments.  However, if
you want it to act just like @kbd{TAB} for comment-only lines you can
get that by setting @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} to
non-@code{nil}.

If @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} is non-@code{nil} then
@code{c-indent-comment-alist} won't be consulted at all for comment-only
lines.
@end defopt

@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
@kindex C-M-h
@findex c-mark-function
@findex mark-function (c-)
While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
the current top-level function or class definition as the current
region.  As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
top-level constructs, and can't be used to mark say, a Java method.
@end table

These variables are also useful when indenting code:

@defopt c-tab-always-indent
@vindex tab-always-indent (c-)
@kindex TAB
@cindex literal
This variable controls how @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command})
operates.  When it is @code{t}, @kbd{TAB} always indents the current
line.  When it is @code{nil}, the line is indented only if point is at
the left margin, or on or before the first non-whitespace character on
the line, otherwise some whitespace is inserted.  If this variable is
some other value (not @code{nil} or @code{t}), then some whitespace is
inserted only within strings and comments (literals), but the line is
always reindented.
@end defopt

@defopt c-insert-tab-function
@vindex insert-tab-function (c-)
@findex tab-to-tab-stop
When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
called.  Normally, this just inserts a real tab character, or the
equivalent number of spaces, depending on @code{indent-tabs-mode}.
Some people, however, set @code{c-insert-tab-function} to
@code{tab-to-tab-stop} so as to get hard tab stops when indenting.
@end defopt

@defopt indent-tabs-mode
This is a standard Emacs variable that controls how line indentation
is composed.  When it's non-@code{nil}, tabs can be used in a line's
indentation, otherwise only spaces can be used.
@end defopt

@defopt c-progress-interval
@vindex progress-interval (c-)
When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
progress message is displayed.  Set this variable to @code{nil} to
inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Movement Commands, Other Commands, Indentation Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Movement Commands
@cindex movement
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} contains some useful commands for moving around in C
code.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{M-x c-beginning-of-defun}
@findex c-beginning-of-defun
@findex beginning-of-defun (c-)
@findex beginning-of-defun
Move point back to the least-enclosing brace.  This function is
analogous to the Emacs built-in command @code{beginning-of-defun},
except it eliminates the constraint that the top-level opening brace
must be in column zero.  See @code{beginning-of-defun} for more
information.

Depending on the coding style being used, you might prefer
@code{c-beginning-of-defun} to @code{beginning-of-defun}.  If so,
consider binding @kbd{C-M-a} to the former instead.  For backwards
compatibility reasons, the default binding remains in effect.

In AWK mode, a defun doesn't necessarily have braces at all.  AWK Mode
therefore has its own version of this function which is bound by
default to @kbd{C-M-a}.  You can thus chose freely which function to
bind to @kbd{C-M-a} for the other modes without worrying about AWK
buffers.  @xref{AWK Mode Defuns}.

@item @kbd{M-x c-end-of-defun}
@findex c-end-of-defun
@findex end-of-defun (c-)
@findex end-of-defun
Moves point to the end of the current top-level definition.  This
function is analogous to the Emacs built-in command @code{end-of-defun},
except it eliminates the constraint that the top-level opening brace of
the defun must be in column zero.  See @code{end-of-defun} for more
information.

Depending on the coding style being used, you might prefer
@code{c-end-of-defun} to @code{end-of-defun}.  If so,
consider binding @kbd{C-M-e} to the former instead.  For backwards
compatibility reasons, the default binding remains in effect.

In AWK Mode, a defun doesn't necessarily have braces at all.  AWK Mode
therefore has its own version of this function which is bound by
default to @kbd{C-M-e}.  You can thus chose freely which function to
bind to @kbd{C-M-e} for the other modes without worrying about AWK
buffers.  @ref{AWK Mode Defuns}.

@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
@kindex C-c C-u
@findex c-up-conditional
@findex up-conditional (c-)
Move point back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the
mark behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative
argument, move point forward to the end of the containing
preprocessor conditional.

@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
function stops at them when going backward, but not when going forward.

@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-)
A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
lines.  Normally those lines are ignored.

@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
@findex c-down-conditional
@findex down-conditional (c-)
Move point forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional,
leaving the mark behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.
With a negative argument, move point backward into the previous
nested preprocessor conditional.

@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.

@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-)
A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
lines.  Normally those lines are ignored.

@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{c-backward-conditional})
@kindex C-c C-p
@findex c-backward-conditional
@findex backward-conditional (c-)
Move point back over a preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative
argument, move forward.

@item @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{c-forward-conditional})
@kindex C-c C-n
@findex c-forward-conditional
@findex forward-conditional (c-)
Move point forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative
argument, move backward.

@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement})
@kindex M-a
@findex c-beginning-of-statement
@findex beginning-of-statement (c-)
Move point to the beginning of the innermost C statement.  If point is
already at the beginning of a statement, move to the beginning of the
closest preceding statement, even if that means moving into a block (you
can use @kbd{C-M-b} to move over a balanced block).  With prefix
argument @var{n}, move back @var{n} @minus{} 1 statements.

If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
than one line, this command moves by sentences instead of statements.

When called from a program, this function takes three optional
arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline strings.

@item @kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement})
@kindex M-e
@findex c-end-of-statement
@findex end-of-statement (c-)
Move point to the end of the innermost C statement.  If point is at the
end of a statement, move to the end of the next statement, even if it's
inside a nested block (use @kbd{C-M-f} to move to the other side of the
block).  With prefix argument @var{n}, move forward @var{n} @minus{} 1
statements.

If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
than one line, this command moves by sentences instead of statements.

When called from a program, this function takes three optional
arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline strings.

@item @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-)
A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the first
letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by underscores.
e.g., @samp{SymbolsWithMixedCaseAndNoUnderlines}.

This command moves point forward to next capitalized word.  With prefix
argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.

@item @kbd{M-x c-backward-into-nomenclature}
@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-)
Move point backward to beginning of the next capitalized
word.  With prefix argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.  If
@var{n} is negative, move forward.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Other Commands, , Movement Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Other Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
@kindex C-c :
@findex c-scope-operator
@findex scope-operator (c-)
In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
@kbd{C-c :} does just this.
@end table

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Customizing Indentation, Syntactic Symbols, Commands, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Customizing Indentation
@cindex customization, indentation
@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The context sensitive indentation is mainly controlled by the variable
@code{c-offsets-alist}:

@defopt c-offsets-alist
@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
This special style variable contains the mappings between syntactic
symbols and the offsets to apply for those symbols.  It's set at mode
initialization from a @emph{style} you may specify.  Styles are
groupings of syntactic symbol offsets and other style variable values.
Most likely, you'll find that one of the predefined styles will suit
your needs.  @xref{Styles}, for an explanation of how to set up named
styles.

Only syntactic symbols not already bound on @code{c-offsets-alist} will
be set from styles.  This means that any association you set on it, be
it before or after mode initialization, will not be changed.  The
@code{c-offsets-alist} variable may therefore be used from e.g., the
Customization interface@footnote{Available in Emacs 20 and later, and
XEmacs 19.15 and later.} to easily change indentation offsets without
having to bother about styles.  Initially @code{c-offsets-alist} is
empty, so that all syntactic symbols are set by the style system.

The offset associated with any particular syntactic symbol can be an
integer, a function or lambda expression, a variable name, a vector, a
list, or one of the following special symbols: @code{+}, @code{-},
@code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}.  The meaning of these
values are described in detail below.
@end defopt

The special symbols describe an offset in multiples of the value of
@code{c-basic-offset}:

@defopt c-basic-offset
@vindex basic-offset (c-)
Style variable that holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
@end defopt

By defining a style's indentation in terms of @code{c-basic-offset},
you can change the amount of whitespace given to an indentation level
while maintaining the same basic shape of your code.  Here are the
values that the special symbols correspond to:

@table @code
@item +
@code{c-basic-offset} times 1
@item -
@code{c-basic-offset} times -1
@item ++
@code{c-basic-offset} times 2
@item --
@code{c-basic-offset} times -2
@item *
@code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5
@item /
@code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5
@end table

@cindex indentation functions

When a function is used as offset, it's called an @dfn{indentation
function}.  Such functions are useful when more context than just the
syntactic symbol is needed to get the desired indentation.
@xref{Indentation Functions}, and @ref{Custom Indentation Functions},
for details about them.

If the offset is a vector, its first element sets the absolute
indentation column, which will override any previous relative
indentation.  It won't override additional relative indentation for
nested constructs, though.

@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-)
The offset can also be a list, in which case it is evaluated recursively
using the semantics described above.  The first element of the list that
returns a non-@code{nil} value succeeds and the evaluation stops.  If
none of the list elements return a non-@code{nil} value, then an offset
of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that, when set to non-@code{nil}, will cause an
error to be signaled in that case.  It's now considered obsolete since
it doesn't work well with some of the alignment functions that now
returns @code{nil} instead of zero to be more usable in lists.  You
should therefore leave @code{c-strict-syntax-p} set to @code{nil}.}.

So, for example, because most of the default offsets are defined in
terms of @code{+}, @code{-}, and @code{0}, if you like the general
indentation style, but you use 4 spaces instead of 2 spaces per level,
you can probably achieve your style just by changing
@code{c-basic-offset} like so@footnote{You can try this interactively in
a C buffer by typing the text that appears in italics.}:

@example
@emph{M-x set-variable RET}
Set variable: @emph{c-basic-offset RET}
Set c-basic-offset to value: @emph{4 RET}
@end example

@noindent
This would change

@example
@group
int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
@{
  if( doit )
    @{
      return( val + incr );
    @}
  return( val );
@}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
to

@example
@group
int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
@{
    if( doit )
        @{
            return( val + incr );
        @}
    return( val );
@}
@end group
@end example

To change indentation styles more radically, you will want to change the
offsets associated with other syntactic symbols.  First, I'll show you
how to do that interactively, then I'll describe how to make changes to
your @file{.emacs} file so that your changes are more permanent.

@menu
* Interactive Customization::
* Permanent Customization::
* Hooks::
* Styles::
* Advanced Customizations::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Interactive Customization, Permanent Customization, , Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Interactive Customization
@cindex customization, interactive
@cindex interactive customization
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

As an example of how to customize indentation, let's change the
style of this example@footnote{In this and subsequent examples, the
original code is formatted using the @samp{gnu} style unless otherwise
indicated.  @xref{Styles}.}:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:     @{
 5:       return( val + incr );
 6:     @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
to:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:   @{
 5:     return( val + incr );
 6:   @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

In other words, we want to change the indentation of braces that open a
block following a condition so that the braces line up under the
conditional, instead of being indented.  Notice that the construct we
want to change starts on line 4.  To change the indentation of a line,
we need to see which syntactic components affect the offset calculations
for that line.  Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 yields:

@example
((substatement-open 44))
@end example

@noindent
so we know that to change the offset of the open brace, we need to
change the indentation for the @code{substatement-open} syntactic
symbol.

To do this interactively, just hit @kbd{C-c C-o}.  This prompts
you for the syntactic symbol to change, providing a reasonable default.
In this case, the default is @code{substatement-open}, which is just the
syntactic symbol we want to change!

After you hit return, @ccmode{} will then prompt you for the new
offset value, with the old value as the default.  The default in this
case is @samp{+}, but we want no extra indentation so enter
@samp{0} and @kbd{RET}.  This will associate the offset 0 with the
syntactic symbol @code{substatement-open}.

To check your changes quickly, just hit @kbd{C-c C-q}
(@code{c-indent-defun}) to reindent the entire function.  The example
should now look like:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:   @{
 5:     return( val + incr );
 6:   @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

Notice how just changing the open brace offset on line 4 is all we
needed to do.  Since the other affected lines are indented relative to
line 4, they are automatically indented the way you'd expect.  For more
complicated examples, this may not always work.  The general approach to
take is to always start adjusting offsets for lines higher up in the
file, then reindent and see if any following lines need further
adjustments.

@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
@findex set-offset (c-)
@kindex C-c C-o
This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}.  It provides a convenient
way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
the example above) and from your mode hook.

It takes two arguments when used programmatically: @var{symbol} is the
syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset} is the new offset
for that syntactic element.
@end deffn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Permanent Customization, Hooks, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Permanent Customization
@cindex customization, permanent
@cindex permanent customization
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

To make your changes permanent, you need to add some lisp code to your
@file{.emacs} file.  @ccmode{} supports many different ways to be
configured, from the straightforward way by setting variables globally
in @file{.emacs} or in the Customization interface, to the complex and
precisely controlled way by using styles and hook functions.

The simplest way of customizing @ccmode{} permanently is to set the
variables in your @file{.emacs} with @code{setq} and similar commands.
So to make a permanent setting of @code{substatement-open} to 0, add
this to the @file{.emacs} file:

@example
@group
(setq c-offsets-alist
      '((substatement-open . 0)))
@end group
@end example

When @ccmode{} initializes a buffer, it will fill out
@code{c-offsets-alist} with the remaining syntactic symbols according to
the style system.

You can also use the more user friendly Customization interface, but
this manual does not cover how that works.

Variables set like this at the top level in @file{.emacs} take effect in
all @ccmode{} buffers, regardless of language.  The indentation style
related variables, e.g., @code{c-offsets-alist}, that you don't set this
way get their value from the style system (@pxref{Styles}), and they
therefore depend on the setting of @code{c-default-style}.  Note that if
you use Customize, this means that the greyed-out default values
presented there might not be the ones you actually get, since the actual
values depend on the style, which may very well be different for
different languages.

If you want to make more advanced configurations, e.g., language-specific
customization, setting global variables isn't enough.  For that you can
use the language hooks, see @ref{Hooks}, and/or the style system, see
@ref{Styles}.

@defopt c-style-variables-are-local-p
@vindex style-variables-are-local-p (c-)
By default, all style variables are buffer local, so that different
buffers can have different style settings.  If you only use one style
in all the files you edit you might want to share them between buffers
so that a change take effect in all buffers.  That's done by setting
this variable to @code{nil}.  The value takes effect when @ccmode{} is
activated in a buffer for the first time in the Emacs session, so you
typically set it in your @file{.emacs} file and then restart Emacs.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hooks, Styles, Permanent Customization, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hooks
@cindex mode hooks
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} provides several hooks that you can use to customize the mode
according to your coding style.  Each language mode has its own hook,
adhering to standard Emacs major mode conventions.  There is also one
general hook and one package initialization hook:

@defvar c-initialization-hook
@vindex initialization-hook (c-)
Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
@end defvar

@defvar c-mode-common-hook
@vindex mode-common-hook (c-)
Common hook across all languages.  It's run immediately before the
language specific hook.
@end defvar

@defvar c-mode-hook
@defvarx c++-mode-hook
@defvarx objc-mode-hook
@defvarx java-mode-hook
@defvarx idl-mode-hook
@defvarx pike-mode-hook
@defvarx awk-mode-hook
The language specific mode hooks.  The appropriate one is run as the
last thing when you enter that language mode.
@end defvar

Note that all the language-specific mode setup that CC Mode does is done
prior to both @code{c-mode-common-hook} and the language specific hook.
That includes installing the indentation style, which can be mode
specific (and also is by default for Java mode).  Thus, any style
settings done in @code{c-mode-common-hook} will override whatever
language-specific style is chosen by @code{c-default-style}.

Here's a simplified example of what you can add to your @file{.emacs}
file to do things whenever any @ccmode{} language is edited.  See the
Emacs manuals for more information on customizing Emacs via hooks.
@xref{Sample .emacs File}, for a more complete sample @file{.emacs}
file.

@example
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  ;; my customizations for all of c-mode and related modes
  (no-case-fold-search)
  )
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
@end example


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Styles, Advanced Customizations, Hooks, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Styles
@cindex styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Most people only need to edit code formatted in just a few well-defined
and consistent styles.  For example, their organization might impose a
``blessed'' style that all its programmers must conform to.  Similarly,
people who work on GNU software will have to use the GNU coding style.
Some shops are more lenient, allowing a variety of coding styles, and as
programmers come and go, there could be a number of styles in use.  For
this reason, @ccmode{} makes it convenient for you to set up logical
groupings of customizations called @dfn{styles}, associate a single name
for any particular style, and pretty easily start editing new or
existing code using these styles.

@cindex style variables
The variables that the style system affect are called @dfn{style
variables}.  They are handled specially in several ways:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Style variables are by default buffer local variables.  However, they
can instead be made global by setting
@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} to @code{nil} before @ccmode{} is
initialized.

@item
@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-)
The default value of any style variable (with two exceptions --- see
below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}.  Variables that are
still set to that symbol when a @ccmode{} buffer is initialized will be
set according to the current style, otherwise they will keep their
current value@footnote{This is a big change from versions of @ccmode{}
earlier than 5.26, where such settings would get overridden by the style
system unless special precautions were taken.  That was changed since it
was counterintuitive and confusing, especially to novice users.  If your
configuration depends on the old overriding behavior, you can set the
variable @code{c-old-style-variable-behavior} to non-@code{nil}.}.

Note that when we talk about the ``default value'' for a style variable,
we don't mean the @code{set-from-style} symbol that all style variables
are set to initially, but instead the value it will get at mode
initialization when neither a style nor a global setting has set its
value.

The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} is handled a little
differently from the other style variables.  It's an association list,
and is thus by default set to the empty list, @code{nil}.  When the
style system is initialized, any syntactic symbols already on it are
kept --- only the missing ones are filled in from the chosen style.

The style variable @code{c-special-indent-hook} is also handled in a
special way.  Styles may only add more functions on this hook, so the
global settings on it are always preserved@footnote{This did not change
in version 5.26.}.

@item
The global settings of style variables get captured in the special
@code{user} style, which is used as the base for all the other styles.
@xref{Built-in Styles}, for details.
@end itemize

The style variables are:
@code{c-basic-offset},
@code{c-comment-only-line-offset},
@code{c-block-comment-prefix},
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp},
@code{c-cleanup-list},
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist},
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist},
@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria},
@code{c-backslash-column},
@code{c-backslash-max-column},
@code{c-special-indent-hook},
@code{c-label-minimum-indentation}, and
@code{c-offsets-alist}.

@menu
* Built-in Styles::
* Choosing a Style::
* Adding Styles::
* File Styles::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Built-in Styles, Choosing a Style, , Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Built-in Styles
@cindex styles, built-in
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If you're lucky, one of @ccmode{}'s built-in styles might be just
what you're looking for.  These include:

@table @code
@item gnu
@cindex GNU style
Coding style blessed by the Free Software Foundation
for C code in GNU programs.

@item k&r
@cindex K&R style
The classic Kernighan and Ritchie style for C code.

@item bsd
@cindex BSD style
Also known as ``Allman style'' after Eric Allman.

@item whitesmith
@cindex Whitesmith style
Popularized by the examples that came with Whitesmiths C, an early
commercial C compiler.

@item stroustrup
@cindex Stroustrup style
The classic Stroustrup style for C++ code.

@item ellemtel
@cindex Ellemtel style
Popular C++ coding standards as defined by ``Programming in C++, Rules
and Recommendations,'' Erik Nyquist and Mats Henricson,
Ellemtel@footnote{This document is available at
@uref{http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/lab/cplus/c++.rules/} among other
places.}.

@item linux
@cindex Linux style
C coding standard for Linux (the kernel).

@item python
@cindex Python style
C coding standard for Python extension modules@footnote{Python is a
high level scripting language with a C/C++ foreign function interface.
For more information, see @uref{http://www.python.org/}.}.

@item java
@cindex Java style
The style for editing Java code.  Note that the default
value for @code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
@code{java-mode}.

@item user
@cindex User style
This is a special style for several reasons.  First, the
@ccmode{} customizations you do by using either the Customization
interface, or by writing @code{setq}'s at the top level of your
@file{.emacs} file, will be captured in the @code{user} style.  Also,
all other styles implicitly inherit their settings from @code{user}
style.  This means that for any styles you add via @code{c-add-style}
(@pxref{Adding Styles}) you need only define the differences between
your new style and @code{user} style.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Choosing a Style, Adding Styles, Built-in Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Choosing a Style
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Use @kbd{C-c .} to choose a style interactively:

@deffn Command c-set-style style-name
@findex set-style (c-)
@kindex C-c .
Switch to the specified style in the current buffer.  Use
interactively like this:

@example
@kbd{C-c . @var{style-name} RET}
@end example

Note that all style names are case insensitive, even the ones you
define.

Setting a style in this way does @emph{not} automatically reindent your
file.  For commands that you can use to view the effect of your changes,
see @ref{Commands}.
@end deffn

The default style in all newly created buffers is @code{gnu}, except
in Java mode where it's @code{java}.  Although the @code{user} style
is not the default style, any style variable settings you do with the
Customization interface or on the top level in your @file{.emacs} file
will by default override the style system, so you don't need to set
@code{c-default-style} to @code{user} to see the effect of such
settings.

@defopt c-default-style
@vindex default-style (c-)
This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
buffers.  It takes either a style name string, or an association list
of major mode symbols to style names:

@enumerate
@item
When @code{c-default-style} is a string, it must be an existing style
name.  This style is then used for all modes.

@item
When @code{c-default-style} is an association list, the mode language
is looked up to find a style name string.

@item
If @code{c-default-style} is an association list where the mode
language mode isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is
looked up.  If it's found then the associated style is used.

@item
If @samp{other} is not found then the @samp{gnu} style is used.

@item
In all cases, the style described in @code{c-default-style} is installed
@emph{before} the language hooks are run, so you can always override
this setting by including an explicit call to @code{c-set-style} in your
language mode hook, or in @code{c-mode-common-hook}.
@end enumerate
@end defopt

@defvar c-indentation-style
@vindex indentation-style (c-)
This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
string.
@end defvar


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Adding Styles, File Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Adding and Amending Styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing
style.  To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the
following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the
function @code{c-add-style}:

@cindex style definition
@defvr {List} style definition
([@var{base-style}] [(@var{variable} . @var{value}) @dots{}])

Optional @var{base-style}, if present, must be a string which is the
name of the @dfn{base style} from which this style inherits.  At most
one @var{base-style} is allowed in a style definition.  If
@var{base-style} is not specified, the style inherits from a table of
default values@footnote{This table is stored internally in the
variable c-fallback-style.  It is computed during the initialisation
of @ccmode{} from the factory defaults of the style variables and any
global values they may have been given since starting Emacs.} instead.
All styles eventually inherit from this internal table.  Style loops
generate errors.  The list of pre-existing styles can be seen in
@ref{Built-in Styles}.

The dotted pairs (@var{variable} . @var{value}) each consist of a
variable and the value it is to be set to when the style is later
activated.@footnote{In certain circumstances, this value can get
overridden by another value.}  The variable can be either a @ccmode{}
style variable or an arbitrary Emacs variable.  In the latter case, it
is @emph{not} made buffer local by the @ccmode{} style system.
@end defvr

Two variables are treated specially in the dotted pair list:

@table @code
@item c-offsets-alist
The value is in turn a dotted list on the form

(@var{syntactic-symbol} . @var{offset})

as described in @ref{Customizing Indentation}.  These are passed to
@code{c-set-offset} so there is no need to set every syntactic symbol in
your style, only those that are different from the inherited style.

@item c-special-indent-hook
The value is added to @code{c-special-indent-hook} using
@code{add-hook}, so any functions already on it are kept.  If the value
is a list, each element of the list is added with @code{add-hook}.
@end table

Styles are kept in the @code{c-style-alist} variable, but you
should never modify this variable directly.  Instead, @ccmode{}
provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.

@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
@findex add-style (c-)
Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
above.  If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
it is replaced by @var{description}.  (Note, this replacement is
total.  The old style is @emph{not} merged into the new one.)
Otherwise, a new style is added.  If the optional @var{set-p} is
non-@code{nil} then the new style is applied to the current buffer as
well.

The sample @file{.emacs} file provides a concrete example of how a new
style can be added and automatically set.  @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
@end defun

@defvar c-style-alist
@vindex style-alist (c-)
This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles.  It
should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
@end defvar


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    File Styles, , Adding Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection File Styles
@cindex styles, file local
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex file local variables

The Emacs manual describes how you can customize certain variables on
a per-file basis by including a @dfn{file local variable} block at the
end of the file.  So far, you've only seen a functional interface to
@ccmode{} customization, which can't be used there.  @ccmode{}
provides two variables allow customization of the indentation style on
a per-file basis:

@defvar c-file-style
@vindex file-style (c-)
This variable can be set to a style name string.  When the file is
visited, @ccmode{} will automatically set the file's style to this
one using @code{c-set-style}.
@end defvar

@defvar c-file-offsets
@vindex file-offsets (c-)
This variable takes an association list similar to what is allowed in
@code{c-offsets-alist}.  When the file is visited, @ccmode{} will
automatically institute these offsets using @code{c-set-offset}.
@end defvar

Note that file style settings (i.e., @code{c-file-style}) are applied
before file offset settings (i.e., @code{c-file-offsets}).  Also, if
either of these are set in a file's local variable section, all the
style variable values are made local to that buffer.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Advanced Customizations, , Styles, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Advanced Customizations
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

For most users, @ccmode{} will support their coding styles with very
little need for more advanced customizations.  Usually, one of the
standard styles (@pxref{Built-in Styles}) will do the trick.  At most,
perhaps one of the syntactic symbol offsets will need to be tweaked
slightly, or maybe @code{c-basic-offset} will need to be changed.
However, some styles require a more flexible framework for
customization, and one of the real strengths of @ccmode{} is that the
syntactic analysis model provides just such a framework. This allows
you to implement custom indentation calculations for situations not
handled by the mode directly.

@menu
* Custom Indentation Functions::
* Custom Brace and Colon Hanging::
* Customizing Semicolons and Commas::
* Other Special Indentations::
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Indentation Functions, Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, , Advanced Customizations
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Custom Indentation Functions
@cindex customization, indentation functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The most flexible way to customize @ccmode{} is by writing custom
indentation functions, and associating them with specific syntactic
symbols (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}).  @ccmode{} itself uses indentation
functions to provide more sophisticated indentation, for example when
lining up C++ stream operator blocks:

@example
@group
 1: void main(int argc, char**)
 2: @{
 3:   cout << "There were "
 4:     << argc
 5:     << "arguments passed to the program"
 6:     << endl;
 7: @}
@end group
@end example

In this example, lines 4 through 6 are assigned the @code{stream-op}
syntactic symbol.  Here, @code{stream-op} has an offset of @code{+}, and
with a @code{c-basic-offset} of 2, you can see that lines 4 through 6
are simply indented two spaces to the right of line 3.  But perhaps we'd
like @ccmode{} to be a little more intelligent so that it aligns
all the @samp{<<} symbols in lines 3 through 6.  To do this, we have
to write a custom indentation function which finds the column of the first
stream operator on the first line of the statement.  Here is sample
lisp code implementing this:

@example
(defun c-lineup-streamop (langelem)
  (save-excursion
    (goto-char (cdr langelem))
    (re-search-forward "<<\\|>>" (c-point 'eol) 'move)
    (goto-char (match-beginning 0))
    (vector (current-column))))
@end example

Indentation functions take a single argument, which is a syntactic
component cons cell (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).  The function can
return an integer which is added to the running total indentation for
the line, or a vector containing an integer which is an absolute
column to align to.  Usually an absolute column is wanted when
aligning to existing text, as in this example.

The function should return @code{nil} if it's used in a situation where
it doesn't want to make any decision.  If the function is used in a list
expression (@pxref{Customizing Indentation}), that will cause @ccmode{}
to go on and check the next entry in the list.

Now, to associate the function @code{c-lineup-streamop} with the
@code{stream-op} syntactic symbol, we can add something like the
following to our @code{c++-mode-hook}@footnote{It probably makes more
sense to add this to @code{c++-mode-hook} than @code{c-mode-common-hook}
since stream operators are only relevant for C++.}:

@example
(c-set-offset 'stream-op 'c-lineup-streamop)
@end example

Now the function looks like this after reindenting (using @kbd{C-c
C-q}):

@example
@group
 1: void main(int argc, char**)
 2: @{
 3:   cout << "There were "
 4:        << argc
 5:        << " arguments passed to the program"
 6:        << endl;
 7: @}
@end group
@end example

Custom indentation functions can be as simple or as complex as you like,
and any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{c-offsets-alist} can have
a custom indentation function associated with it.

@ccmode{} comes with an extensive set of predefined indentation
functions, not all of which are used by the default styles.  So there's
a good chance the function you want already exists.  @xref{Indentation
Functions}, for a list of them.  If you have written an indentation
function that you think is generally useful, you're very welcome to
contribute it; please contact @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Custom Indentation Functions, Advanced Customizations
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Custom Brace and Colon Hanging
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions.  Brace
``hanginess'' can also be determined by custom functions associated with
syntactic symbols on the @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} style variable.
Remember that @var{action}'s are typically a list containing some
combination of the symbols @code{before} and @code{after}
(@pxref{Hanging Braces}).  However, an @var{action} can also be a
function which gets called when a brace matching that syntactic symbol
is entered.

@cindex customization, brace hanging
These @var{action} functions are called with two arguments: the
syntactic symbol for the brace, and the buffer position at which the
brace was inserted.  The @var{action} function is expected to return a
list containing some combination of @code{before} and @code{after},
including neither of them (i.e., @code{nil}).  This return value has the
normal brace hanging semantics.

As an example, @ccmode{} itself uses this feature to dynamically
determine the hanginess of braces which close ``do-while''
constructs:

clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
In all other cases, it returns the list @samp{(before after)} so
that the brace appears on a line by itself.

@defvar c-syntactic-context
@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
@end defvar

@cindex customization, colon hanging
@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
Note that for symmetry, colon hanginess should be customizable by
allowing function symbols as @var{action}s on the
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} style variable.  Since no use has actually
been found for this feature, it isn't currently implemented!


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Other Special Indentations, Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, Advanced Customizations
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Customizing Semicolons and Commas
@cindex customization, semicolon newlines
@cindex customization, comma newlines
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

You can also customize the insertion of newlines after semicolons and
commas when the auto-newline minor mode is enabled (@pxref{Minor
Modes}).

@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-)
This style variable takes a list of hooks that get called when a
semicolon or comma is inserted.  The hooks are called in order without
arguments, and are expected to return one of the following values:

@table @code
@item t
A newline is inserted, and no more functions from the list are called.
@item stop
No more functions from the list are called, but no newline is
inserted.
@item nil
No determination is made, and the next function in the list is called.
@end table

If every function in the list is called without a determination being
made, then no newline is added. The default value for this variable is a
list containing a single function which inserts newlines only after
semicolons which do not appear inside parenthesis lists (i.e., those
that separate @code{for}-clause statements).
@end defopt

@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-)
This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}.  It

statements.  In addition to
@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks} described above,
@ccmode{} also comes with the criteria function
@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners}, which suppresses
newlines after semicolons inside one-line inline method definitions
(e.g., in C++ or Java).
@end defun


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Other Special Indentations, , Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Advanced Customizations
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Other Special Indentations
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:

@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-)
In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation
is imposed on lines inside top-level constructs.  This minimum
indentation is controlled by this style variable.  The default value
is 1.
@end defopt

@defopt c-special-indent-hook
@vindex special-indent-hook (c-)
This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
every line is indented by @ccmode{}.  You can use it to do any special
indentation or line adjustments your style dictates, such as adding
extra indentation to constructors or destructor declarations in a
class definition, etc.  Note that you should not change point or mark
inside your @code{c-special-indent-hook} functions, i.e., you'll
probably want to wrap your function in a @code{save-excursion}.

Setting @code{c-special-indent-hook} in your style definition is
handled slightly differently than other variables.  In your style
definition, you should set the value for @code{c-special-indent-hook}
to a function or list of functions, which will be appended to
@code{c-special-indent-hook} using @code{add-hook}.  That way, the
current setting for the buffer local value of
@code{c-special-indent-hook} won't be overridden.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Functions, Customizing Indentation, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Syntactic Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list
@vindex c-offsets-alist
@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
Here is a complete list of the recognized syntactic symbols as described
in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with a brief
description.  More detailed descriptions follow.

@table @code
@item string
Inside a multiline string.
@item c
Inside a multiline C style block comment.
@item defun-open
Brace that opens a top-level function definition.
@item defun-close
Brace that closes a top-level function definition.
@item defun-block-intro
The first line in a top-level defun.
@item class-open
Brace that opens a class definition.
@item class-close
Brace that closes a class definition.
@item inline-open
Brace that opens an in-class inline method.
@item inline-close
Brace that closes an in-class inline method.
@item func-decl-cont
The region between a function definition's argument list and the
function opening brace (excluding K&R argument declarations).  In C, you
cannot put anything but whitespace and comments in this region, however
in C++ and Java, @code{throws} declarations and other things can appear
here.
@item knr-argdecl-intro
First line of a K&R C argument declaration.
@item knr-argdecl
Subsequent lines in a K&R C argument declaration.
@item topmost-intro
The first line in a ``topmost'' definition.
@item topmost-intro-cont
Topmost definition continuation lines.  This is only used in the parts
that aren't covered by other symbols such as @code{func-decl-cont} and
@code{knr-argdecl}.
@item member-init-intro
First line in a member initialization list.
@item member-init-cont
Subsequent member initialization list lines.
@item inher-intro
First line of a multiple inheritance list.
@item inher-cont
Subsequent multiple inheritance lines.
@item block-open
Statement block open brace.
@item block-close
Statement block close brace.
@item brace-list-open
Open brace of an enum or static array list.
@item brace-list-close
Close brace of an enum or static array list.
@item brace-list-intro
First line in an enum or static array list.
@item brace-list-entry
Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list.
@item brace-entry-open
Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list where the line begins
with an open brace.
@item statement
A statement.
@item statement-cont
A continuation of a statement.
@item statement-block-intro
The first line in a new statement block.
@item statement-case-intro
The first line in a case block.
@item statement-case-open
The first line in a case block that starts with a brace.
@item substatement
The first line after a conditional or loop construct.
@item substatement-open
The brace that opens a substatement block.
@item substatement-label
The first line after a conditional or loop construct if it's a label.
@item case-label
A label in a @code{switch} block.
@item access-label
C++ access control label.
@item label
Any other label.
@item do-while-closure
The @code{while} line that ends a @code{do}-@code{while} construct.
@item else-clause
The @code{else} line of an @code{if}-@code{else} construct.
@item catch-clause
The @code{catch} or @code{finally} (in Java) line of a
@code{try}-@code{catch} construct.
@item comment-intro
A line containing only a comment introduction.
@item arglist-intro
The first line in an argument list.
@item arglist-cont
Subsequent argument list lines when no arguments follow on the same line
as the arglist opening paren.
@item arglist-cont-nonempty
Subsequent argument list lines when at least one argument follows on the
same line as the arglist opening paren.
@item arglist-close
The solo close paren of an argument list.
@item stream-op
Lines continuing a stream operator (C++ only).
@item inclass
The line is nested inside a class definition.
@item cpp-macro
The start of a preprocessor macro definition.
@item cpp-define-intro
The first line inside a multiline preproprocessor macro if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is set.
@item cpp-macro-cont
All lines inside multiline preprocessor macros if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil}.
@item friend
A C++ friend declaration.
@item objc-method-intro
The first line of an Objective-C method definition.
@item objc-method-args-cont
Lines continuing an Objective-C method definition.
@item objc-method-call-cont
Lines continuing an Objective-C method call.
@item extern-lang-open
Brace that opens an @code{extern} block (e.g., @code{extern "C" @{...@}}).
@item extern-lang-close
Brace that closes an @code{extern} block.
@item inextern-lang
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside
@code{extern} blocks.
@item namespace-open
@itemx namespace-close
@itemx innamespace
These are analogous to the three @code{extern-lang} symbols above, but
are returned for C++ namespace blocks.
@item module-open
@itemx module-close
@itemx inmodule
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA IDL @code{module} blocks.
@item composition-open
@itemx composition-close
@itemx incomposition
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA CIDL @code{composition} blocks.
@item template-args-cont
C++ template argument list continuations.
@item inlambda
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside lambda
(i.e., anonymous) functions.  Only used in Pike mode.
@item lambda-intro-cont
Lines continuing the header of a lambda function, i.e., between the
@code{lambda} keyword and the function body.  Only used in Pike mode.
@item inexpr-statement
A statement block inside an expression.  The gcc C and C++ extension for
this is recognized.  It's also used for the special functions that take
a statement block as an argument in Pike.
@item inexpr-class
A class definition inside an expression.  This is used for anonymous
classes in Java.  It's also used for anonymous array initializers in
Java.
@end table

@ssindex -open symbols
@ssindex -close symbols
Most syntactic symbol names follow a general naming convention.  When a
line begins with an open or close brace, the syntactic symbol will
contain the suffix @code{-open} or @code{-close} respectively.

@ssindex -intro symbols
@ssindex -cont symbols
@ssindex -block-intro symbols
Usually, a distinction is made between the first line that introduces a
construct and lines that continue a construct, and the syntactic symbols
that represent these lines will contain the suffix @code{-intro} or
@code{-cont} respectively.  As a sub-classification of this scheme, a
line which is the first of a particular brace block construct will
contain the suffix @code{-block-intro}.

Let's look at some examples to understand how this works.  Remember that
you can check the syntax of any line by using @kbd{C-c C-s}.

@example
 1: void
 2: swap( int& a, int& b )
 3: @{

top-level construct introduction so it has the syntax
@code{topmost-intro-cont}.  Line 3 shows a @code{defun-open} since it is
the brace that opens a top-level function definition.  Line 9 is the
corresponding
@code{defun-close} since it contains the brace that closes the top-level
function definition.  Line 4 is a @code{defun-block-intro}, i.e., it is
the first line of a brace-block, enclosed in a
top-level function definition.

@ssindex statement
@ssindex statement-cont
Lines 5, 6, and 7 are all given @code{statement} syntax since there
isn't much special about them.  Note however that line 8 is given
@code{statement-cont} syntax since it continues the statement begun
on the previous line.

Here's another example, which illustrates some C++ class syntactic
symbols:

@example
 1: class Bass
 2:     : public Guitar,
 3:       public Amplifiable

@example
((inclass 58) (topmost-intro 380) (friend))
@end example

The @code{friend} syntactic symbol is a modifier that typically does not
have a relative buffer position.

Template definitions introduce yet another syntactic symbol:

@example
 1: ThingManager <int,
 2:    Framework::Callback *,

@end example

Here, line 1 is analyzed as a @code{topmost-intro}, but lines 2 and 3
are both analyzed as @code{template-args-cont} lines.

Here is another (totally contrived) example which illustrates how syntax
is assigned to various conditional constructs:

@example
 1: void spam( int index )
 2: @{
 3:     for( int i=0; i<index; i++ )

@end example

Only the lines that illustrate new syntactic symbols will be discussed.

@ssindex substatement-open
@ssindex substatement-block-intro
@ssindex block-close
Line 4 has a brace which opens a conditional's substatement block.  It
is thus assigned @code{substatement-open} syntax, and since line 5 is
the first line in the substatement block, it is assigned
@code{substatement-block-intro} syntax.  Line 10 contains the brace that
closes the inner substatement block, and is therefore given the syntax
@code{block-close}.  Line 13 is treated the same way.

@ssindex substatement
Lines 6 and 9 are also substatements of conditionals, but since they
don't start blocks they are given @code{substatement} syntax
instead of @code{substatement-open}.

The @code{while} construct on line 14 that closes a @code{do}
conditional is given the special syntax @code{do-while-closure} if it
appears on a line by itself.  Note that if the @code{while} appeared on
the same line as the preceding close brace, that line would still have
@code{block-close} syntax.

Switch statements have their own set of syntactic symbols.  Here's an
example:

@example

Here, lines 4, 7, and 10 are all assigned @code{case-label} syntax,
while lines 5 and 8 are assigned @code{statement-case-intro}.  Line 11
is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a
block --- it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax.

@cindex brace lists
There are a set of syntactic symbols that are used to recognize
constructs inside of brace lists.  A brace list is defined as an
@code{enum} or aggregate initializer list, such as might statically
initialize an array of structs.  The three special aggregate constructs

line that starts with an open brace.  Lines 5 and 6 (and line 9) are
pretty standard, and line 7 is a @code{brace-list-close} as you'd
expect.  Once again, line 8 is assigned as @code{brace-entry-open} as is
line 10.

External language definition blocks also have their own syntactic
symbols.  In this example:

@example
 1: extern "C"

where @code{inextern-lang} is a modifier similar in purpose to
@code{inclass}.

There are various other top level blocks like @code{extern}, and they
are all treated in the same way except that the symbols are named after
the keyword that introduces the block.  e.g., C++ namespace blocks get
the three symbols @code{namespace-open}, @code{namespace-close} and
@code{innamespace}.  The currently recognized top level blocks are:

@table @asis
@item @code{extern-lang-open}, @code{extern-lang-close}, @code{inextern-lang}

@ssindex composition-open
@ssindex composition-close
@ssindex incomposition
@code{composition} blocks in CORBA CIDL.
@end table

A number of syntactic symbols are associated with parenthesis lists,
a.k.a argument lists, as found in function declarations and function
calls.  This example illustrates these:

parenthesis that opens the list is @emph{not empty} following the open
parenthesis.  Contrast this against lines 6 and 13 which are assigned
@code{arglist-cont} syntax.  This is because the parenthesis that opens
their argument lists is the last character on that line.

Note that there is no @code{arglist-open} syntax.  This is because any
parenthesis that opens an argument list, appearing on a separate line,
is assigned the @code{statement-cont} syntax instead.

A few miscellaneous syntactic symbols that haven't been previously
covered are illustrated by this C++ example:

@example

Line 2 is assigned the @code{func-decl-cont} syntax.

@item
@ssindex comment-intro
Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and}
@code{comment-intro} syntax.

@item
@ssindex c
Line 5 is assigned @code{c} syntax.

@ssindex label
Line 10 is assigned @code{label} syntax.

@item
@ssindex block-open
Line 11 is assigned @code{block-open} syntax.

@item
@ssindex cpp-macro
Lines 12 and 14 are assigned @code{cpp-macro} syntax in addition to the
normal syntactic symbols (@code{statement-block-intro} and
@code{statement}, respectively).  Normally @code{cpp-macro} is
configured to cancel out the normal syntactic context to make all
preprocessor directives stick to the first column, but that's easily
changed if you want preprocessor directives to be indented like the rest
of the code.

@item
@ssindex stream-op
Line 17 is assigned @code{stream-op} syntax.
@end itemize

@cindex multiline macros
@cindex syntactic whitespace
@ssindex cpp-define-intro
Multiline preprocessor macro definitions are normally handled just like
other code, i.e., the lines inside them are indented according to the
syntactic analysis of the preceding lines inside the macro.  The first
line inside a macro definition (i.e., the line after the starting line of
the cpp directive itself) gets @code{cpp-define-intro}.  In this example:

@example
 1: #define LIST_LOOP(cons, listp)                         \
 2:   for (cons = listp; !NILP (cons); cons = XCDR (cons)) \

@noindent
line 1 is given the syntactic symbol @code{cpp-macro}.  The first line
of a cpp directive is always given that symbol.  Line 2 is given
@code{cpp-define-intro}, so that you can give the macro body as a whole
some extra indentation.  Lines 3 through 5 are then analyzed as normal
code, i.e., @code{substatement} on lines 3 and 4, and @code{else-clause}
on line 5.

The syntactic analysis inside macros can be turned off with
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros}.  In that case, lines 2 through
5 would all be given @code{cpp-macro-cont} with a relative buffer
position pointing to the @code{#} which starts the cpp
directive@footnote{This is how @ccmode{} 5.28 and earlier analyzed
macros.}.

@xref{Macro Handling}, for more info about the treatment of macros.

In Objective-C buffers, there are three additional syntactic symbols
assigned to various message calling constructs.  Here's an example
illustrating these:

@ssindex objc-method-call-cont
Here, line 1 is assigned @code{objc-method-intro} syntax, and line 2 is
assigned @code{objc-method-args-cont} syntax.  Lines 5 and 6 are both
assigned @code{objc-method-call-cont} syntax.

Java has a concept of anonymous classes, which may look something like
this:

@example
 1: public void watch(Observable o) @{
 2:     o.addObserver(new Observer() @{

@ssindex inexpr-class
The brace following the @code{new} operator opens the anonymous class.
Lines 3 and 6 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
@code{inclass} symbol used in normal classes.  Thus, the class will be
indented just like a normal class, with the added indentation given to
@code{inexpr-class}.

There are a few occasions where a statement block may be used inside an
expression.  One is in C or C++ code using the gcc extension for this,
e.g:

@example
 1: int res = (@{
 2:         int y = foo (); int z;
 3:         if (y > 0) z = y; else z = - y;

@ssindex inexpr-statement
Lines 2 and 5 get the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, besides the
symbols they'd get in a normal block.  Therefore, the indentation put on
@code{inexpr-statement} is added to the normal statement block
indentation.

In Pike code, there are a few other situations where blocks occur inside
statements, as illustrated here:

@example

as its argument.  The block is handled as an in-expression statement
with the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, just like the gcc extended C
example above.  The other similar special function, @code{gauge}, is
handled like this too.

@ssindex knr-argdecl-intro
@ssindex knr-argdecl
Two other syntactic symbols can appear in old style, non-prototyped C
code @footnote{a.k.a. K&R C, or Kernighan & Ritchie C}:

 7: @}
@end example

Here, line 2 is the first line in an argument declaration list and so is
given the @code{knr-argdecl-intro} syntactic symbol.  Subsequent lines
(i.e., lines 3 and 4 in this example), are given @code{knr-argdecl}
syntax.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Functions, AWK Mode, Syntactic Symbols, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Indentation Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex indentation function
@cindex line-up function
Often there are cases when a simple offset setting on a syntactic
symbol isn't enough to get the desired indentation.  Therefore, it's
also possible to use an @dfn{indentation function} (a.k.a. @dfn{line-up
function}) for a syntactic symbol.

@ccmode{} comes with many predefined indentation functions for common
situations.  If none of these does what you want, you can write your
own, see @ref{Custom Indentation Functions}.  If you do, it's probably a
good idea to start working from one of these predefined functions, they
can be found in the file @file{cc-align.el}.

For every function below there is a ``works with'' list that indicates
which syntactic symbols the function is intended to be used with.

@macro workswith
@emph{Works with:@ }
@end macro

@macro hereFn{func}
<-@i{\func\}@c
@end macro
@end iftex

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-indent-one-line-block
@findex indent-one-line-block (c-)
Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra.  E.g:

@code{-open} symbols.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-argcont
@findex lineup-argcont (c-)
Line up a continued argument.  E.g:

@example
@group
foo (xyz, aaa + bbb + ccc
          + ddd + eee + fff);  @hereFn{c-lineup-argcont}
@end group
@end example

Only continuation lines like this are touched, @code{nil} is returned on
lines which are the start of an argument.

Within a gcc @code{asm} block, @code{:} is recognised as an argument
separator, but of course only between operand specifications, not in the
expressions for the operands.

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-arglist
@findex lineup-arglist (c-)
Line up the current argument line under the first argument.

As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
parenthesis starts with a brace block opener, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} only.  This is intended as a ``DWIM'' measure in
cases like macros that contains statement blocks, e.g:

@example
@group
A_VERY_LONG_MACRO_NAME (@{
        some (code, with + long, lines * in[it]);

@code{arglist-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren
@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren (c-)
Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function
so that parentheses that close argument lists will line up under the
parenthesis that opened the argument list.  It can also be used with
@code{arglist-cont} and @code{arglist-cont-nonempty} to line up all
lines inside a parenthesis under the open paren.

As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} only.  See @code{c-lineup-arglist} for further
discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.

@workswith Almost all symbols, but are typically most useful on
@code{arglist-close}, @code{brace-list-close}, @code{arglist-cont} and
@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-)
Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
those cases to other lineup functions.  Example:

@example
@group
if (  x < 10
   || at_limit (x,     @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators}

@end group
@end example

Since this function doesn't do anything for lines without an infix
operator you typically want to use it together with some other lineup
settings, e.g., as follows (the @code{arglist-close} setting is just a
suggestion to get a consistent style):

@example
(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont
              '(c-lineup-arglist-operators 0))

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-C-comments
@findex lineup-C-comments (c-)
Line up C block comment continuation lines.  Various heuristics are used
to handle most of the common comment styles.  Some examples:

**************************************************/
@end group
@end example

The style variable @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} is used to recognize
the comment line prefix, e.g., the @samp{*} that usually starts every
line inside a comment.

@workswith The @code{c} syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-)
Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other.  If the line begins with
@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
with the first of those tokens.  E.g:

@example
@group
r = proc->add(17)->add(18)
        ->add(19) +         @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls}
  offset;                   @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls@r{ (inactive)}}
@end group
@end example

In any other situation @code{nil} is returned to allow use in list
expressions.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-close-paren
@findex lineup-close-paren (c-)
Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
open paren is followed by code.  If the open paren ends its line, no
indentation is added.  E.g:

@example
@group
main (int,
      char **
     )                @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
main (
    int, char **
)                     @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example

As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} instead of the open paren column.  See
@code{c-lineup-arglist} for further discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.

@workswith All @code{*-close} symbols.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-comment

@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-)
Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
construct preceding the macro.  E.g:

@end group
@end example

If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is non-@code{nil}, the
function returns the relative indentation to the macro start line to
allow accumulation with other offsets.  e.g., in the following cases,
@code{cpp-define-intro} is combined with the
@code{statement-block-intro} that comes from the @samp{do @{} that hangs
on the @samp{#define} line:

@example

preceding nonempty line in the macro.  If there's no such line in the
macro then the indentation is taken from the construct preceding it, as
described above.

@workswith @code{cpp-define-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-dont-change
@findex lineup-dont-change (c-)
This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.

@workswith Any syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg

@example
(c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist)
@end example

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-)
This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
whole block to the column where the construct is started.  e.g., for Java
anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
and in Pike it lines up the lambda function body under the @samp{lambda}
keyword.  Returns @code{nil} if the block isn't part of such a
construct.

@workswith @code{inlambda}, @code{inexpr-statement},
@code{inexpr-class}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-java-inher
@findex lineup-java-inher (c-)
Line up Java implements and extends declarations.  If class names
follow on the same line as the @samp{implements}/@samp{extends}
keyword, they are lined up under each other.  Otherwise, they are
indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the column of the keyword.
E.g:

@example
@group
class Foo
    extends
        Bar           @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
    @sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
class Foo
    extends Cyphr,
            Bar       @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{inher-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-java-throws
@findex lineup-java-throws (c-)
Line up Java throws declarations.  If exception names follow on the
same line as the throws keyword, they are lined up under each other.
Otherwise, they are indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the
column of the @samp{throws} keyword.  The @samp{throws} keyword itself
is also indented by @code{c-basic-offset} from the function declaration
start if it doesn't hang.  E.g:

@example
@group
int foo()
    throws            @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
        Bar           @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
@sssTsssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
int foo() throws Cyphr,
                 Bar,    @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
                 Vlod    @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{func-decl-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-)
Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration.  That is
the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
block.  E.g:

@example
@group
int main()
/* Called at startup. */  @hereFn{c-lineup-knr-region-comment}
@{
  return 0;
@}
@end group
@end example

Return @code{nil} if called in any other situation, to be useful in list
expressions.

@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-math
@findex lineup-math (c-)
Line up the current line to after the equal sign on the first line in the
statement.  If there isn't any, indent with @code{c-basic-offset}.  If
the current line contains an equal sign too, try to align it with the
first one.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-)
Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
initializers under each other.  E.g:

@example
@group
Foo::Foo (int a, int b):
    Cyphr (a),
    Bar (b)           @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
class Foo
    : public Cyphr,
      public Bar      @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
    : Cyphr (a)
    , Bar (b)         @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{inher-cont}, @code{member-init-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-)
For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
c-basic-offset columns from the opening bracket; otherwise you are
looking at the first character of the first method call argument, so
lineup the current line with it.

@workswith @code{objc-method-call-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-)
For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args.  The colon
on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.

@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-)
Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
the current line with the colon on the previous line.

@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-)
Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
style doesn't really work too well.  You might need to write your own
custom indentation functions to better support this style.}.  E.g:

@example
@group
int main()
@{ puts ("Hello!");
  return 0;           @hereFn{c-lineup-runin-statements}
@}
@end group
@end example

If there is no statement after the opening brace to align with,
@code{nil} is returned.  This makes the function usable in list
expressions.

@workswith The @code{statement} syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-streamop
@findex lineup-streamop (c-)
Line up C++ stream operators (i.e., @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).

@workswith @code{stream-op}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-string-cont
@findex lineup-string-cont (c-)
Line up a continued string under the one it continues.  A continued
string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
another one.  E.g:

@example
@group
result = prefix + "A message "
                  "string.";    @hereFn{c-lineup-string-cont}
@end group
@end example

@code{nil} is returned in other situations, to allow stacking with other
lineup functions.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-template-args
@findex lineup-template-args (c-)
Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
opening @samp{<}.

To allow this function to be used in a list expression, @code{nil} is
returned if there's no template argument on the first line.

@workswith @code{template-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont

@end example

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-)
Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style.  It's done in a way
that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't.  E.g:

@example
@group
something
    @{
    foo;              @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
    @}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
something @{
    foo;              @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
    @}
@sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

In the first case the indentation is kept unchanged, in the second
@code{c-basic-offset} is added.

@workswith @code{defun-close}, @code{defun-block-intro},
@code{block-close}, @code{brace-list-close}, @code{brace-list-intro},
@code{statement-block-intro} and all @code{in*} symbols,
e.g., @code{inclass} and @code{inextern-lang}.
@end defun


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node AWK Mode, Odds and Ends, Indentation Functions, Top
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@chapter Status of AWK Mode
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@dfn{AWK mode} existed until recently in the file @file{awk-mode.el}
as a mode derived from c-mode.  It had not been actively maintained to
keep pace with the newer @ccmode{}, and its indentation mechanism no
longer worked satisfactorally.

The current AWK mode is based around the GNU implementation,
@emph{GAWK version 3.1.0}, though it should work pretty well with any
AWK.  It has now been updated and integrated into @ccmode{} to a
substantial extent, though as yet not all the features of @ccmode{}
have been adapted to support it.

If your (X)Emacs is set up to use the old file @file{awk-mode.elc}
(which will usually be the case if you have obtained this @ccmode{}
independently of (X)Emacs itself), or if you are not sure, insert the
following form into your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} so that the new
AWK mode will be used instead:

@example
(autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" nil t)
@end example

You can check which AWK mode you are running by displaying the mode
documentation string with @kbd{C-h m} from an AWK buffer.  The newer
mode's doc string contains @code{To submit a problem report, enter
`C-c C-b'} near the top of the doc string where the older mode has
@code{This is much like C mode except ....}.

Since this newer AWK mode makes essential use of a relatively new
Emacs Lisp feature@footnote{Specifically, the @code{syntax-table} text
property.}, you need either GNU Emacs 20.1 (or later) or XEmacs 21.4
(or later) to use it.  If your Emacs version is earlier than one of
these, the older @file{awk-mode.el} will get loaded and run in place
of the AWK mode described here, even when you have put the above
@code{autoload} form into your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el}.
Upgrading your (X)Emacs is strongly recommended if this is the case.

Here is an overview of which @ccmode{} features currently work with
AWK mode and which don't:

@table @asis
@item Indentation Engine
The @ccmode{} indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
@xref{Indentation Engine}.

AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion:
@samp{@{}s which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound
statements are placed on the same line as the associated construct; the
matching @samp{@}}s are normally placed under the start of the
respective pattern, function definition, or structured statement.
@c Add in a bit about the @samp{@}} being on the same line when the
@c contents are short.

The predefined indentation functions (@pxref{Indentation Functions})
haven't yet been adapted for AWK mode, though some of them may work
serendipitously.  There shouldn't be any problems writing custom
indentation functions for AWK mode.

The command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun}) hasn't yet been
adapted for AWK, though in practice it works properly nearly all the
time.  Should it fail, explicitly set the region around the function
(using @kbd{C-u C-SPC}: @kbd{C-M-h} probably won't work either) then do
@kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region}).

@item Font Locking
There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
three distinct levels the other modes have.  There are several
idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
the AWK language itself.  @xref{AWK Mode Font Locking}.

@item Comment Commands
@kbd{M-;} (@code{indent-for-comment}) works fine.  None of the other
@ccmode{} comment formatting commands have yet been adapted for AWK
mode.  @xref{Text Filling and Line Breaking}.

@item Movement Commands
Most of the movement commands work in AWK mode.  The most important
exceptions are @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement}) and
@kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement}) which haven't yet been adapted.

The notion of @dfn{defun} has been augmented to include pattern-action
pairs.  See @ref{AWK Mode Defuns} for a description of commands which
work on AWK ``defuns''.

Since there is no preprocessor in AWK, the commands which move to
preprocessor directives (e.g., @code{c-up-conditional}) are meaningless
in AWK mode and are not bound in the AWK mode keymap.

@item Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
Auto-newline insertion hasn't yet been adapted for AWK.  Some of the
clean-ups can actually convert good AWK code into syntactically
invalid code.

If auto-newline or its associated clean-ups are enabled generally for
the modes in @ccmode{}, you are strongly recommended to disable them
in the AWK Mode hook.  @xref{Initialising AWK Mode}.

The clean-up @code{space-before-funcall}, which is independent of
auto-newline, should never be active in AWK mode (since inserting a
space between a user function's name and its opening @samp{(} makes
the call syntactically invalid).  If necessary, this should be
disabled in the AWK Mode hook.  @xref{Initialising AWK Mode}.

@end table

@menu
* Initialising AWK Mode::
* AWK Mode Font Locking::
* AWK Mode Defuns::
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node Initialising AWK Mode, AWK Mode Font Locking, , AWK Mode
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@section AWK mode - What to put in your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el}
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Much of the AWK mode initialization can, of course, be done by the
@ccmode{} general initialization procedure.  You may want to use certain
@ccmode{} features such as @code{auto-newline} and @code{clean-ups} in
the other modes, and you might thus have enabled them in a
@code{c-mode-common-hook} function, as described in @ref{Sample .emacs File}.
These features have not yet been amended for AWK mode, and far from
being useful, can be irritating in AWK mode or actually make AWK code
syntactically invalid.  Adding the following code to your
@file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} file will disable them for AWK mode.

@example
(defun my-awk-mode-hook ()
  "Disable certain @ccmode{} features which could impair AWK mode."
  (c-toggle-auto-state -1)       ; disable automatic insertions of newlines
  (if (memq 'space-before-funcall c-cleanup-list)
      (setq c-cleanup-list ; don't automatically insert a space into "foo("
            (remove 'space-before-funcall c-cleanup-list))))
(add-hook 'awk-mode-hook 'my-awk-mode-hook)
@end example

Naturally you can add your own AWK-specific customizations to this
function.  @xref{Hooks}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node AWK Mode Font Locking, AWK Mode Defuns, Initialising AWK Mode, AWK Mode
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@section AWK Mode Font Locking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The general appearance of font-locking in AWK mode is much like in any
other programming mode.  @xref{Faces For Font Lock,,,elisp}.

The following faces are, however, used in a non-standard fashion in
AWK mode:

@table @asis
@item @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}
This face was intended for variable declarations.  Since variables are
not declared in AWK, this face is used instead for AWK system
variables (such as @code{NF}) and ``Special File Names'' (such as
@code{"/dev/stderr"}).

@item @code{font-lock-builtin-face} (Emacs)/@code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} (XEmacs)
This face is normally used for preprocessor directives in @ccmode{}.
There are no such things in AWK, so this face is used instead for
standard functions (such as @code{match}).

@item @code{font-lock-string-face}
As well as being used for strings, including localizable strings,
(delimited by @samp{"} and @samp{_"}), this face is also used for AWK
regular expressions (delimited by @samp{/}).

@item @code{font-lock-warning-face} (Emacs)/@code{c-invalid-face} (XEmacs)
This face highlights the following syntactically invalid AWK
constructs:

@itemize @bullet
@item
An unterminated string or regular expression.  Here the opening
delimiter (@samp{"} or @samp{/} or @samp{_"}) is displayed in
@code{font-lock-warning-face}.  This is most noticeable when typing in a
new string/regular expression into a buffer, when the warning-face
serves as a continual reminder to terminate the construct.

AWK mode fontifies unterminated strings/regular expressions
differently from other modes: Only the text up to the end of the line
is fontified as a string (escaped newlines being handled correctly),
rather than the text up to the next string quote.

@item
A space between the function name and opening parenthesis when calling
a user function.  The last character of the function name and the
opening parenthesis are highlighted.  This font-locking rule will
spuriously highlight a valid concatenation expression where an
identifier precedes a parenthesised expression.  Unfortunately.

@item
Whitespace following the @samp{\} in what otherwise looks like an
escaped newline.  The @samp{\} is highlighted.
@end itemize
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node AWK Mode Defuns,  , AWK Mode Font Locking, AWK Mode
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@section AWK Mode Defuns
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

In AWK mode, @dfn{defun} means either a user-defined function or a
pattern-action pair.  Either the pattern or the action may be
implicit.

The beginning of a defun is recognised heuristically as, more or less,
code which begins in column zero.  Having the @samp{@{} in column zero,
as is suggested for some modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK
mode.

More precisely, the beginning of a defun is code which begins in
column zero, and which isn't a closing brace, a comment, or a
continuation of the previous line.  Code is the @dfn{continuation of
the previous line} when that line is syntactically incomplete, for
example when it ends with @samp{@{} or an escaped newline.

The end of a defun is the @samp{@}} which matches the @samp{@{} (if
any) at the beginning of the action or function body, or the EOL or
@samp{;} which marks an implicit action.  Although this @samp{@}} is
usually placed in column zero, AWK mode doesn't need it to be placed
there.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-M-a} @code{c-awk-beginning-of-defun}
@itemx @kbd{C-M-e} @code{c-awk-end-of-defun}
@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-)
@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-)
Move point back to the beginning or forward to the end of the current
AWK defun.  These functions can take prefix-arguments, their
functionality being entirely equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun}
and @code{end-of-defun}.  @xref{Moving by Defuns,,,emacs}.

@item @kbd{C-M-h} @code{c-mark-function}
This works fine with AWK defuns.  @xref{Indentation Commands}.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Odds and Ends, Performance Issues, AWK Mode, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Odds and Ends
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The stuff that didn't fit in anywhere else is documented here.

@defopt c-require-final-newline
@vindex require-final-newline (c-)
Controls whether a final newline is ensured when the file is saved.  The
value is an association list that for each language mode specifies the
value to give to @code{require-final-newline} at mode initialization;
see that variable for details about the value.  If a language isn't
present on the association list, CC Mode won't touch
@code{require-final-newline} in buffers for that language.

The default is to set @code{require-final-newline} to @code{t} in the
languages that mandates that source files should end with newlines,
i.e., C, C++ and Objective-C.
@end defopt

@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p
@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p (c-)
If non-@code{nil}, the syntactic analysis for the current line is shown

anchoring position to indent the line in that case.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Performance Issues, Limitations and Known Bugs, Odds and Ends, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Performance Issues
@cindex performance
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment FIXME: (ACM, 2003/5/24).  Check whether AWK needs mentioning here.

C and its derivative languages are highly complex creatures.  Often,
ambiguous code situations arise that require @ccmode{} to scan large
portions of the buffer to determine syntactic context.  Such
pathological code can cause @ccmode{} to perform fairly badly.  This
section gives some insight in how @ccmode{} operates, how that interacts
with some coding styles, and what you can use to improve performance.

The overall goal is that @ccmode{} shouldn't be overly slow (i.e., take
more than a fraction of a second) in any interactive operation.
i.e., it's tuned to limit the maximum response time in single operations,
which sometimes is at the expense of batch-like operations like
reindenting whole blocks.  If you find that @ccmode{} gradually gets
slower and slower in certain situations, perhaps as the file grows in
size or as the macro or comment you're editing gets bigger, then chances
are that something isn't working right.  You should consider reporting
it, unless it's something that's mentioned in this section.

Because @ccmode{} has to scan the buffer backwards from the current
insertion point, and because C's syntax is fairly difficult to parse in
the backwards direction, @ccmode{} often tries to find the nearest
position higher up in the buffer from which to begin a forward scan
(it's typically an opening or closing parethesis of some kind).  The
farther this position is from the current insertion point, the slower it
gets.

@findex beginning-of-defun
@findex defun-prompt-regexp
One of the simplest things you can do to reduce scan time, is make sure
any brace that opens a top-level construct@footnote{e.g., a function in
C, or outermost class definition in C++ or Java.} always appears in the
leftmost column.  This is actually an Emacs constraint, as embodied in
the @code{beginning-of-defun} function which @ccmode{} uses heavily.  If
you hang top-level open braces on the right side of the line, then you
might want to set the variable @code{defun-prompt-regexp} to something
reasonable, however that ``something reasonable'' is difficult to
define, so @ccmode{} doesn't do it for you.

@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp
@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp (c-)
A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common
style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the
right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs
approach.  @ccmode{} comes with a variable
@code{c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp} which tries to define a regular
expression usable for this style, but there are problems with it.  In
some cases it can cause @code{beginning-of-defun} to hang@footnote{This
has been observed in Emacs 19.34 and XEmacs 19.15.}.  For this reason,
it is not used by default, but if you feel adventurous, you can set
@code{defun-prompt-regexp} to it in your mode hook.  In any event,
setting and relying on @code{defun-prompt-regexp} will definitely slow
things down because (X)Emacs will be doing regular expression searches a
lot, so you'll probably be taking a hit either way!

@ccmode{} maintains a cache of the opening parentheses of the blocks
surrounding the point, and it adapts that cache as the point is moved
around.  That means that in bad cases it can take noticeable time to
indent a line in a new surrounding, but after that it gets fast as long
as the point isn't moved far off.  The farther the point is moved, the
less useful is the cache.  Since editing typically is done in ``chunks''
rather than on single lines far apart from each other, the cache
typically gives good performance even when the code doesn't fit the
Emacs approach to finding the defun starts.

@vindex c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p
@vindex enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p (c-)
XEmacs users can set the variable
@code{c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p} to non-@code{nil}.  This
tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some
circumstances, can locate the top-most opening brace much more quickly than
@code{beginning-of-defun}.  Preliminary testing has shown that for
styles where these braces are hung (e.g., most JDK-derived Java styles),
this hack can improve performance of the core syntax parsing routines
from 3 to 60 times.  However, for styles which @emph{do} conform to
Emacs' recommended style of putting top-level braces in column zero,
this hack can degrade performance by about as much.  Thus this variable
is set to @code{nil} by default, since the Emacs-friendly styles should
be more common (and encouraged!).  Note that this variable has no effect
in Emacs since the necessary built-in functions don't exist (in Emacs
21.3 as of this writing in May 2003).

Text properties are used to speed up skipping over syntactic whitespace,
i.e., comments and preprocessor directives.  Indenting a line after a
huge macro definition can be slow the first time, but after that the
text properties are in place and it should be fast (even after you've
edited other parts of the file and then moved back).

Font locking can be a CPU hog, especially the font locking done on
decoration level 3 which tries to be very accurate.  Note that that
level is designed to be used with a font lock support mode that only
fontifies the text that's actually shown, i.e., Lazy Lock or Just-in-time
Lock mode, so make sure you use one of them.  Fontification of a whole
buffer with some thousand lines can often take over a minute.  That is
a known weakness; the idea is that it never should happen.

The most effective way to speed up font locking is to reduce the
decoration level to 2 by setting @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration}
appropriately.  That level is designed to be as pretty as possible
without sacrificing performance.  @xref{Font Locking Preliminaries}, for
more info.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Limitations and Known Bugs, Frequently Asked Questions, Performance Issues, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Limitations and Known Bugs
@cindex limitations
@cindex bugs
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@itemize @bullet
@item
There is no way to apply auto newline settings (@pxref{Auto-newline
Insertion}) on already typed lines.  That's only a feature to ease
interactive editing.

To generalize this issue a bit: @ccmode{} is not intended to be used as
a reformatter for old code in some more or less batch-like way.  With
the exception of some functions like @code{c-indent-region}, it's only
geared to be used interactively to edit new code.  There's currently no
intention to change this goal.

If you want to reformat old code, you're probably better off using some
other tool instead, e.g., @ref{Top, , GNU indent, indent, The `indent'
Manual}, which has more powerful reformatting capabilities than
@ccmode{}.

@item
@vindex signal-error-on-buffer-boundary
XEmacs has a variable called @code{signal-error-on-buffer-boundary}.
It's used as a solution to user interface problems associated with
buffer movement and the @code{zmacs-region} deactivation on errors.
However, setting this variable to a non-default value in XEmacs 19 and
20 had the deleterious side effect of breaking many built-in primitive
functions.  @strong{Do not set this variable to @code{nil} in XEmacs
19 and 20}; you will cause serious problems in @ccmode{} and probably
other XEmacs packages!  In XEmacs 21 the effects of the variable is
limited to some functions that are only used interactively, so it's
not a problem there.
@end itemize


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Frequently Asked Questions, Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Limitations and Known Bugs, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Frequently Asked Questions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@itemize @bullet
@item
@kindex C-x h
@kindex C-M-\
@emph{How do I reindent the whole file?}

Visit the file and hit @kbd{C-x h} to mark the whole buffer. Then hit
@kbd{C-M-\}.

@item
@kindex C-M-q
@kindex C-M-u
@emph{How do I reindent the current block?}

First move to the brace which opens the block with @kbd{C-M-u}, then
reindent that expression with @kbd{C-M-q}.

@item
@kindex RET
@kindex C-j
@emph{Why doesn't the @kbd{RET} key indent the new line?}

Emacs' convention is that @kbd{RET} just adds a newline, and that
@kbd{C-j} adds a newline and indents it.  You can make @kbd{RET} do this
too by adding this to your @code{c-mode-common-hook}:

@example
(define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
@end example

This is a very common question.  If you want this to be the default
behavior, don't lobby me, lobby RMS!  @t{:-)}

@item
@emph{I put @code{(c-set-offset 'substatement-open 0)} in my
@file{.emacs} file but I get an error saying that @code{c-set-offset}'s
function definition is void.  What's wrong?}

This means that @ccmode{} wasn't loaded into your Emacs session by the
time the @code{c-set-offset} call was reached, most likely because
@ccmode{} is being autoloaded.  Instead of putting the
@code{c-set-offset} line in your top-level @file{.emacs} file, put it in
your @code{c-mode-common-hook}, or simply modify @code{c-offsets-alist}
directly:

@example
(setq c-offsets-alist '((substatement-open . 0)))
@end example

@item
@kindex M-a
@kindex M-e
@emph{@kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} used to move over entire balanced brace
lists, but now they move into blocks.  How do I get the old behavior
back?}

Use @kbd{C-M-f} and @kbd{C-M-b} to move over balanced brace blocks.  Use
@kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} to move by statements, which will also move into
blocks.

@item
@emph{Whenever I try to indent a line or type an ``electric'' key such
as @kbd{;}, @kbd{@{}, or @kbd{@}}, I get an error that look like this:
@code{Invalid function: (macro . #[...}. What gives?}

This is a common error when @ccmode{} hasn't been compiled correctly,
especially under Emacs 19.34@footnote{Technically, it's because some
macro wasn't defined during the compilation, so the byte compiler put
in function calls instead of the macro expansions. Later, when the
interpreter tries to call the macro as a function, it shows this
(somewhat cryptic) error message.}. If you are using the standalone
@ccmode{} distribution, try recompiling it according to the instructions
in the @file{README} file.

@item
@cindex open paren in column zero
@emph{I have an open paren character at column zero inside a comment or
multiline string literal, and it causes the fontification and/or
indentation to go haywire.  What gives?}

It's due to the ad-hoc rule in (X)Emacs that such open parens always
start defuns (which translates to functions, classes, namespaces or any
other top-level block constructs in the @ccmode{} languages).
@xref{Left Margin Paren,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor}, for details
(@xref{Defuns,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor}, in the Emacs 20 manual).

This heuristic is built into the core syntax analysis routines in
(X)Emacs, so it's not really a @ccmode{} issue.  However, in Emacs 22.1
it has become possible to turn it off@footnote{Using the variable
@code{open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start}.} and @ccmode{} does so
there since it got its own system to keep track of blocks.

@end itemize


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Frequently Asked Questions, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Getting the Latest CC Mode Release
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} has been standard with all versions of Emacs since 19.34 and
of XEmacs since 19.16.

@cindex web site
Due to release schedule skew, it is likely that all of these Emacsen
have old versions of @ccmode{} and so should be upgraded.  Access to the
@ccmode{} source code, as well as more detailed information on Emacsen
compatibility, etc. are all available on the web site:

@quotation
@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/}
@end quotation


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Sample .emacs File, Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@kindex C-c C-b
@findex c-submit-bug-report
@findex submit-bug-report (c-)
To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (bound to
@code{c-submit-bug-report}) command.  This provides vital information
we need to reproduce your problem.  Make sure you include a concise,
but complete code example.  Please try to boil your example down to
just the essential code needed to reproduce the problem, and include
an exact recipe of steps needed to expose the bug.  Be especially sure
to include any code that appears @emph{before} your bug example, if
you think it might affect our ability to reproduce it.

Please try to produce the problem in an Emacs instance without any
customizations loaded (i.e., start it with the @samp{-q --no-site-file}
arguments).  If it works correctly there, the problem might be caused by
faulty customizations in either your own or your site configuration.  In
that case, we'd appreciate if you isolate the Emacs Lisp code that trigs
the bug and include it in your report.

@cindex bug report mailing list
Bug reports are sent to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.  You can also send
other questions and suggestions (kudos? @t{;-)} to that address.  It's a
mailing list which you can join or browse an archive of; see the web
site at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/} for further details.

@cindex announcement mailing list
If you want to get announcements of new @ccmode{} releases, send the
word @emph{subscribe} in the body of a message to
@email{cc-mode-announce-request@@lists.sourceforge.net}.  It's possible
to subscribe from the web site too.  Announcements will also be posted
to the Usenet newsgroups @code{gnu.emacs.sources}, @code{comp.emacs} and
@code{comp.emacs.xemacs}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Sample .emacs File, Command and Function Index, Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Sample .emacs file
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@example
;; Here's a sample .emacs file that might help you along the way.
;; Just copy this region and paste it into your .emacs file.  You may
;; want to change some of the actual values.

(defconst my-c-style
  '((c-tab-always-indent        . t)
    (c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
    (c-hanging-braces-alist     . ((substatement-open after)
                                   (brace-list-open)))

                                   (case-label        . 4)
                                   (block-open        . 0)
                                   (knr-argdecl-intro . -)))
    (c-echo-syntactic-information-p . t))
  "My C Programming Style")

;; offset customizations not in my-c-style
(setq c-offsets-alist '((member-init-intro . ++)))

;; Customizations for all modes in CC Mode.
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  ;; add my personal style and set it for the current buffer
  (c-add-style "PERSONAL" my-c-style t)
  ;; other customizations
  (setq tab-width 8
        ;; this will make sure spaces are used instead of tabs
        indent-tabs-mode nil)
  ;; we like auto-newline and hungry-delete
  (c-toggle-auto-hungry-state 1)
  ;; key bindings for all supported languages.  We can put these in
  ;; c-mode-base-map because c-mode-map, c++-mode-map, objc-mode-map,
  ;; java-mode-map, idl-mode-map, and pike-mode-map inherit from it.
  (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))

(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
@end example


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Sample .emacs File, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Command and Function Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since most @ccmode{} commands are prepended with the string

@end iftex
@printindex fn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Variable Index, Concept Index, Command and Function Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Variable Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since most @ccmode{} variables are prepended with the string

@end iftex
@printindex vr


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Concept Index, , Variable Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Concept Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@printindex cp

67253:f3fd456d606b

\input texinfo
@c Notes to self regarding line handling:
@c
@c Empty lines are often significant before @end directives; avoid them.
@c
@c Empty lines before and after @example directives are significant in

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment How to make the various output formats:
@comment (Thanks to Robert Chassell for supplying this information.)
@comment Note that Texinfo 4.7 (or later) is needed.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@ignore
In each of the following pairs of commands, the first generates a
version with cross references pointing to the GNU Emacs manuals,
the second with them pointing to the XEmacs manuals.
    ## Info output
    makeinfo cc-mode.texi
    makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi

    ## DVI output
    ## You may need to set up the environment variable TEXINPUTS so
    ## that tex can find the file texinfo.tex - See the tex
    ## manpage.
    texi2dvi cc-mode.texi
    texi2dvi -t "@set XEMACS " cc-mode.texi

    ## HTML output.  (The --no-split parameter is optional)
    makeinfo --html --no-split cc-mode.texi
    makeinfo --html --no-split -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi

    ## Plain text output
    makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt cc-mode.texi
    makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi

    ## DocBook output
    makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      cc-mode.texi
    makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi

    ## XML output
    makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      cc-mode.texi
    makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
      -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi

    #### (You must be in the same directory as the viewed file.)

      ## View DVI output
      xdvi cc-mode.dvi &

      ## View HTML output
      mozilla cc-mode.html
@end ignore

@comment No overfull hbox marks in the dvi file.
@finalout

@setfilename  ../info/ccmode
@settitle     CC Mode Manual
@footnotestyle end

@c The following four macros generate the filenames and titles of the
@c main (X)Emacs manual and the Elisp/Lispref manual.  Leave the
@c Texinfo variable `XEMACS' unset to generate a GNU Emacs version, set it
@c to generate an XEmacs version, e.g. with
@c "makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi".
@ifset XEMACS
@macro emacsman
xemacs
@end macro
@macro emacsmantitle
XEmacs User's Manual
@end macro
@macro lispref
lispref
@end macro
@macro lispreftitle
XEmacs Lisp Reference Manual
@end macro
@end ifset

@ifclear XEMACS
@macro emacsman
emacs
@end macro
@macro emacsmantitle
GNU Emacs Manual
@end macro
@macro lispref
elisp
@end macro
@macro lispreftitle
GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual
@end macro
@end ifclear


@macro ccmode
CC Mode
@end macro

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment @setchapternewpage odd !! we don't want blank pages !!
@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment <[e-mail]>
@comment
@comment Authors:
@comment Barry A. Warsaw
@comment Martin Stjernholm
@comment Alan Mackenzie
@comment
@comment Maintained by Martin Stjernholm and Alan Mackenzie <[e-mail]>
@comment
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment Define an index for syntactic symbols.
@ifnottex @c In texi2dvi, the @defindex would create an empty cc-mode.ss
          @c For Info, unlike tex, @syncodeindex needs a matching @defindex.
@defindex ss
@end ifnottex

@comment Combine key, syntactic symbol and concept indices into one.
@syncodeindex ss cp

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@titlepage
@sp 10

@center @titlefont{CC Mode 5.31}
@sp 2
@center @subtitlefont{A GNU Emacs mode for editing C and C-like languages}
@sp 2
@center Barry A. Warsaw, Martin Stjernholm, Alan Mackenzie

@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying

This manual was generated from $Revision: 5.241 $ of $RCSfile: cc-mode.texi,v $, which can be
downloaded from
@url{http://cvs.sf.net/viewcvs.py/cc-mode/cc-mode/cc-mode.texi}.
@end titlepage

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment The Top node contains the master menu for the Info file.
@comment This appears only in the Info file, not the printed manual.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@node    Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
@comment node-name, next, previous, up

@ifinfo
@top @ccmode{}

@ccmode{} is a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C, C++,
Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants PSDL and CIDL), Pike
and AWK code.  It provides syntax-based indentation, font locking, and
has several handy commands and some minor modes to make the editing
easier.  It does not provide tools to look up and navigate between
functions, classes etc - there are other packages for that.
@end ifinfo

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@menu
* Introduction::                
* Overview::                    
* Getting Started::             
* Commands::                    
* Font Locking::                
* Config Basics::               
* Custom Filling and Breaking::  
* Custom Auto-newlines::        
* Clean-ups::                   
* Indentation Engine Basics::   
* Customizing Indentation::     
* Custom Macros::               
* Odds and Ends::               
* Sample .emacs File::          
* Performance Issues::          
* Limitations and Known Bugs::  
* FAQ::                         
* Updating CC Mode::            
* Mailing Lists and Bug Reports::  
* Command and Function Index::  
* Variable Index::              
* Concept and Key Index::       

@detailmenu
 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---

Commands

* Indentation Commands::        
* Comment Commands::            
* Movement Commands::           
* Filling and Breaking::        
* Minor Modes::                 
* Electric Keys::               
* Auto-newlines::               
* Hungry WS Deletion::          
* Subword Movement::            
* Other Commands::              

Font Locking

* Font Locking Preliminaries::  
* Faces::                       
* Doc Comments::                
* AWK Mode Font Locking::       

Configuration Basics

* CC Hooks::                    
* Style Variables::             
* Styles::                      

Styles

* Built-in Styles::             
* Choosing a Style::            
* Adding Styles::               
* File Styles::                 

Customizing Auto-newlines

* Hanging Braces::              
* Hanging Colons::              
* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::  

Hanging Braces

* Custom Braces::               

Indentation Engine Basics

* Syntactic Analysis::          
* Syntactic Symbols::           
* Indentation Calculation::     

Syntactic Symbols

* Function Symbols::            
* Class Symbols::               
* Conditional Construct Symbols::  
* Switch Statement Symbols::    
* Brace List Symbols::          
* External Scope Symbols::      
* Paren List Symbols::          
* Literal Symbols::             
* Multiline Macro Symbols::     
* Objective-C Method Symbols::  
* Anonymous Class Symbol::      
* Statement Block Symbols::     
* K&R Symbols::                 

Customizing Indentation

* c-offsets-alist::             
* Interactive Customization::   
* Line-Up Functions::           
* Custom Line-Up::              
* Other Indentation::           

Line-Up Functions

* Brace/Paren Line-Up::         
* List Line-Up::                
* Operator Line-Up::            
* Comment Line-Up::             
* Misc Line-Up::                

@end detailmenu
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Introduction, Overview, Top, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Introduction
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex BOCM
@cindex history
@cindex awk-mode.el
@cindex c-mode.el
@cindex c++-mode.el

Welcome to @ccmode{}, a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C,
C++, Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants CORBA PSDL and
CIDL), Pike and AWK code.  This incarnation of the mode is descended
from @file{c-mode.el} (also called ``Boring Old C Mode'' or BOCM
@t{:-)}, @file{c++-mode.el} version 2, which Barry Warsaw had been
maintaining since 1992, and @file{awk-mode.el}, a long neglected mode
in the (X)Emacs base.

Late in 1997, Martin Stjernholm joined Barry on the @ccmode{}
Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support.  In 2000 Martin
took over as the sole maintainer.  In 2001 Alan Mackenzie joined the
team, implementing AWK support in version 5.30.  @ccmode{} did not
originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that
was added in version 5.30.

This manual describes @ccmode{}
@comment The following line must appear on its own, so that the
version 5.31.
@comment Release.py script can update the version number automatically

@ccmode{} supports the editing of K&R and ANSI C, C++, Objective-C,
Java, CORBA's Interface Definition Language, Pike@footnote{A C-like
scripting language with its roots in the LPC language used in some MUD

@findex objc-mode
@findex java-mode
@findex idl-mode
@findex pike-mode
@findex awk-mode
Note that the name of this package is ``@ccmode{}'', but there is no top
level @code{cc-mode} entry point.  All of the variables, commands, and
functions in @ccmode{} are prefixed with @code{c-@var{thing}}, and
@code{c-mode}, @code{c++-mode}, @code{objc-mode}, @code{java-mode},
@code{idl-mode}, @code{pike-mode}, and @code{awk-mode} entry points are
provided.  This package is intended to be a replacement for
@file{c-mode.el}, @file{c++-mode.el} and @file{awk-mode.el}.

A special word of thanks goes to Krishna Padmasola for his work in
converting the original @file{README} file to Texinfo format.  I'd
also like to thank all the @ccmode{} victims who help enormously
during the early beta stages of @ccmode{}'s development.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Overview, Getting Started, Introduction, Top
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up@cindex organization of the manual
@chapter Overview of the Manual
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@noindent
The manual starts with several introductory chapters (including this
one).

@noindent
The next chunk of the manual describes the day to day @emph{use} of
@ccmode{} (as contrasted with how to customize it).

@itemize @bullet
@item
The chapter ``Commands'' describes in detail how to use (nearly) all
of @ccmode{}'s features.  There are extensive cross-references from
here to the corresponding sections later in the manual which tell you
how to customize these features.

@item
``Font Locking'' describes how ``syntax highlighting'' is applied to
your buffers.  It is mainly background information and can be skipped
over at a first reading.
@end itemize

@noindent
The next chunk of the manual describes how to @emph{customize}
@ccmode{}.  Typically, an overview of a topic is given at the chapter
level, then the sections and subsections describe the material in
increasing detail.

@itemize @bullet
@item
The chapter ``Configuration Basics'' tells you @emph{how} to write
customizations - whether in hooks, in styles, in both, or in neither,
depending on your needs.  It describes the @ccmode{} style system and
lists the standard styles that @ccmode{} supplies.

@item
The next few chapters, describe in detail how to customize the various
features of @ccmode{}.

@item
Finally, there is a sample @file{.emacs} fragment, which might help you
in creating your own customization.
@end itemize

@noindent
The manual ends with ``this and that'', things that don't fit cleanly
into any of the previous chunks.

@itemize @bullet
@item
Two chapters discuss the performance of @ccmode{} and known
bugs/limitations.

@item
The FAQ contains a list of common problems and questions.

@item
The next two chapters tell you how to get in touch with the @ccmode{}
project - whether for updating @ccmode{} or submitting bug reports.
@end itemize

@noindent
Finally, there are the customary indices.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Getting Started, Commands, Overview, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Getting Started
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If you got this version of @ccmode{} with Emacs or XEmacs, it should
work just fine right out of the box.  Note however that you might not
have the latest @ccmode{} release and might want to upgrade your copy
(see below).

You should probably start by reading the entire chapter
@ref{Commands} to get an overview of @ccmode{}'s capabilities.

After trying out some commands, you may dislike some aspects of
@ccmode{}'s default configuration.  Here is an outline of how to
change some of the settings that newcomers to @ccmode{} most often
want to change:

@table @asis
@item c-basic-offset
This Lisp variable holds an integer, the number of columns @ccmode{}
indents nested code.  To set this value to 6, customize
@code{c-basic-offset} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:

@example
(setq c-basic-offset 6)
@end example

@item The (indentation) style
The basic ``shape'' of indentation created by @ccmode{}---by default,
this is @code{gnu} style (except for Java and AWK buffers).  A list of
the availables styles and their descriptions can be found in
@ref{Built-in Styles}.  A complete specification of the @ccmode{}
style system, including how to create your own style, can be found in
the chapter @ref{Styles}.  To set your style to @code{linux}, either
customize @code{c-default-style} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:

@example
(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
                        (awk-mode . "awk")
                        (other . "linux")))
@end example

@item Electric Indentation
Normally, when you type ``punctuation'' characters such as @samp{;} or
@samp{@{}, @ccmode{} instantly reindents the current line.  This can
be disconcerting until you get used to it.  To disable @dfn{electric
indentation} in the current buffer, type @kbd{C-c C-l}.  Type the same
thing to enable it again.  To have electric indentation disabled by
default, put the following into your @file{.emacs} mode@footnote{There
is no ``easy customization'' facility for making this change.}:

@example
(setq-default c-electric-flag nil)
@end example

@noindent
Details of of this and other similar ``Minor Modes'' appear in the
section @ref{Minor Modes}.

@item Making the @key{RET} key indent the new line
The standard Emacs binding for @key{RET} just adds a new line.  If you
want it to reindent the new line as well, rebind the key.  Note that
the action of rebinding will fail if the pertinent keymap doesn't yet
exist---we thus need to delay the action until after @ccmode{} has
been loaded.  Put the following code into your @file{.emacs}:

@example
(defun my-make-CR-do-indent ()
  (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))
(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-make-CR-do-indent)
@end example

@noindent
This example demonstrates the use of a very powerful @ccmode{} (and
Emacs) facility, the hook.  The use of @ccmode{}'s hooks is described
in @ref{CC Hooks}.
@end table

All these settings should occur in your @file{.emacs} @emph{before}
any @ccmode{} buffers get loaded---in particular, before any call of
@code{desktop-read}.

As you get to know the mode better, you may want to make more
ambitious changes to your configuration.  For this, you should start
reading the chapter @ref{Config Basics}.

If you are upgrading an existing @ccmode{} installation, please see
the @file{README} file for installation details.  In particular, if
you are going to be editing AWK files, @file{README} describes how to
configure your (X)Emacs so that @ccmode{} will supersede the obsolete
@code{awk-mode.el} which might have been supplied with your (X)Emacs.
@ccmode{} might not work with older versions of Emacs or XEmacs.  See
the @ccmode{} release notes at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net}
for the latest information on Emacs version and package compatibility
(@pxref{Updating CC Mode}).

@deffn Command c-version
@findex version (c-)
You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}.  You should see this message in

@noindent
where @samp{XX} is the minor release number.
@end deffn

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Commands, Font Locking, Getting Started, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

This chapter specifies all of CC Mode's commands, and thus contains
nearly everything you need to know to @emph{use} @ccmode{} (as
contrasted with configuring it).  @dfn{Commands} here means both
control key sequences and @dfn{electric keys}, these being characters
such as @samp{;} which, as well as inserting themselves into the
buffer, also do other things.

You might well want to review
@ifset XEMACS
@ref{Lists,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
@end ifset
@ifclear XEMACS
@ref{Moving by Parens,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
@end ifclear
which describes commands for moving around brace and parenthesis
structures.


@menu
* Indentation Commands::        
* Comment Commands::            
* Movement Commands::           
* Filling and Breaking::        
* Minor Modes::                 
* Electric Keys::               
* Auto-newlines::               
* Hungry WS Deletion::          
* Subword Movement::            
* Other Commands::              
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Commands, Comment Commands, Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous,up
@section Indentation Commands
@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The following commands reindent C constructs.  Note that when you
change your coding style, either interactively or through some other
means, your file does @emph{not} automatically get reindented.  You
will need to execute one of the following commands to see the effects
of your changes.

@cindex GNU indent program
Also, variables like @code{c-hanging-*} and @code{c-cleanup-list}
(@pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}) only affect how on-the-fly code is
formatted.  Changing the ``hanginess'' of a brace and then
reindenting, will not move the brace to a different line.  For this,
you're better off getting an external program like GNU @code{indent},
which will rearrange brace location, amongst other things.

Preprocessor directives are handled as syntactic whitespace from other
code, i.e. they can be interspersed anywhere without affecting the
indentation of the surrounding code, just like comments.

The code inside macro definitions is, by default, still analyzed
syntactically so that you get relative indentation there just as you'd
get if the same code was outside a macro.  However, since there is no
hint about the syntactic context, i.e. whether the macro expands to an
expression, to some statements, or perhaps to whole functions, the
syntactic recognition can be wrong.  @ccmode{} manages to figure it
out correctly most of the time, though.

Reindenting large sections of code can take a long time.  When
@ccmode{} reindents a region of code, it is essentially equivalent to
hitting @key{TAB} on every line of the region.

These commands indent code:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{c-indent-command})
@kindex TAB
@findex c-indent-command
@findex indent-command (c-)
This command indents the current line.  That is all you need to know
about it for normal use.

@code{c-indent-command} does different things, depending on the
settting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
Basics}):

@itemize @bullet
@item
When it's non-@code{nil} (which it normally is), the command indents
the line according to its syntactic context.  With a prefix argument
(@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}), it will re-indent the entire
expression@footnote{this is only useful for a line starting with a
comment opener or an opening brace, parenthesis, or string quote.}
that begins at the line's left margin.

@item
When it's @code{nil}, the command indents the line by an extra
@code{c-basic-offset} columns.  A prefix argument acts as a
multiplier.  A bare prefix (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} is equivalent to -1,
removing @code{c-basic-offset} columns from the indentation.
@end itemize

The precise behavior is modified by several variables: With
@code{c-tab-always-indent}, you can make @key{TAB} insert whitespace
in some circumstances---@code{c-insert-tab-function} then defines
precisely what sort of ``whitespace'' this will be.  Set the standard
Emacs variable @code{indent-tabs-mode} to @code{t} if you want real
@samp{tab} characters to be used in the indentation, to @code{nil} if
you want only spaces.  @xref{Just Spaces,,, @emacsman{},
@emacsmantitle{}}.

@defopt c-tab-always-indent
@vindex tab-always-indent (c-)
@cindex literal
This variable modifies how @key{TAB} operates.
@itemize @bullet
@item
When it is @code{t} (the default), @key{TAB} simply indents the
current line.
@item
When it is @code{nil}, @key{TAB} (re)indents the line only if point is
to the left of the first non-whitespace character on the line.
Otherwise it inserts some whitespace (a tab or an equivalent number of
spaces - see below) at point.
@item
With some other value, the line is reindented.  Additionally, if point
is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted.
@end itemize
@end defopt

@defopt c-insert-tab-function
@vindex insert-tab-function (c-)
@findex tab-to-tab-stop
When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
called.  Normally, this is @code{insert-tab}, which inserts a real tab
character or the equivalent number of spaces (depending on
@code{indent-tabs-mode}).  Some people, however, set
@code{c-insert-tab-function} to @code{tab-to-tab-stop} so as to get
hard tab stops when indenting.
@end defopt
@end table

@noindent
The kind of indentation the next five commands do depends on the
setting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
Basics}):
@itemize @bullet
@item
when it is non-@code{nil} (the default), the commands indent lines
according to their syntactic context;
@item
when it is @code{nil}, they just indent each line the same amount as
the previous non-blank line.  The commands that indent a region aren't
very useful in this case.
@end itemize

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-j} (@code{newline-and-indent})
@kindex C-j
@findex newline-and-indent
Inserts a linefeed and indents the new blank line, ready to start
typing.  This is a standard (X)Emacs command.

@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
@kindex C-M-q
@findex c-indent-exp
@findex indent-exp (c-)
Indents an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression.  Note that
point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression
you want to indent.

@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
@kindex C-c C-q
@findex c-indent-defun
@findex indent-defun (c-)
Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
encompassing point.  It leaves point unchanged.  This function can't be
used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
function, or a Java method.  The top-level construct being reindented
must be complete, i.e. it must have both a beginning brace and an ending
brace.

@item @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region})
@kindex C-M-\
@findex indent-region
Indents an arbitrary region of code.  This is a standard Emacs command,
tailored for C code in a @ccmode{} buffer.  Note, of course, that point
and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.

@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
@kindex C-M-h
@findex c-mark-function
@findex mark-function (c-)
While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
the current top-level function or class definition as the current
region.  As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
top-level constructs, and can't be used to mark say, a Java method.
@end table

These variables are also useful when indenting code:

@defopt indent-tabs-mode
This is a standard Emacs variable that controls how line indentation
is composed.  When it's non-@code{nil}, tabs can be used in a line's
indentation, otherwise only spaces are used.
@end defopt

@defopt c-progress-interval
@vindex progress-interval (c-)
When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
progress message is displayed.  Set this variable to @code{nil} to
inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed.
@end defopt

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Comment Commands, Movement Commands, Indentation Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Comment Commands
@cindex comments (insertion of)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{comment-region})
@kindex C-c C-c
@findex comment-region
This command comments out the lines that start in the region.  With a
negative argument, it does the opposite - it deletes the comment
delimiters from these lines.  @xref{Multi-Line Comments,,, emacs, GNU
Emacs Manual}, for fuller details.  @code{comment-region} isn't
actually part of @ccmode{} - it is given a @ccmode{} binding for
convenience.

@item @kbd{M-;} (@code{comment-dwim} or @code{indent-for-comment} @footnote{The name of this command varies between (X)Emacs versions.})
@kindex M-;
@findex comment-dwim
@findex indent-for-comment
Insert a comment at the end of the current line, if none is there
already.  Then reindent the comment according to @code{comment-column}
@ifclear XEMACS
(@pxref{Options for Comments,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual})
@end ifclear
@ifset XEMACS
(@pxref{Comments,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual})
@end ifset
and the variables below.  Finally, position the point after the
comment starter.  This is a standard Emacs command, but @ccmode{}
enhances it a bit with two variables:

@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-)
@vindex comment-column
This style variable allows you to vary the column that @kbd{M-;} puts
the comment at, depending on what sort of code is on the line, and
possibly the indentation of any similar comment on the preceding line.
It is an association list that maps different types of lines to
actions describing how they should be handled.  If a certain line type
isn't present on the list then the line is indented to the column
specified by @code{comment-column}.

See the documentation string for for a full description of this
variable (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
@end defopt

@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-)
Normally, when this style variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will
indent comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist},
just as it does with lines where other code precede the comments.
However, if you want it to act just like @key{TAB} for comment-only
lines you can get that by setting
@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} to non-@code{nil}.

If @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} is non-@code{nil} then
@code{c-indent-comment-alist} won't be consulted at all for comment-only
lines.
@end defopt
@end table

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Movement Commands, Filling and Breaking, Comment Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Movement Commands
@cindex movement
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} contains some useful commands for moving around in C code.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{M-x c-beginning-of-defun}
@itemx @kbd{M-x c-end-of-defun}
@findex c-beginning-of-defun
@findex c-end-of-defun
@findex beginning-of-defun (c-)
@findex end-of-defun (c-)
@findex beginning-of-defun
@findex end-of-defun
Move to the start or end of the current top-level definition, this
being the outermost brace pair which encloses point.  These functions
are analogous to the Emacs built-in commands @code{beginning-of-defun}
and @code{end-of-defun}, except they eliminate the constraint that the
top-level opening brace of the defun must be in column zero.  See
@ref{Defuns,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}, for more information.

Depending on the coding style you're using, you might prefer these two
commands to the standard Emacs ones.  If so, consider binding them to
@kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e}.  @xref{Sample .emacs File}.  This
customization won't affect the special bindings for these key
sequences in force in AWK Mode.  For backwards compatibility reasons,
the default bindings for @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} remain in effect.

@item @kbd{C-M-a} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-beginning-of-defun})
@itemx @kbd{C-M-e} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-end-of-defun})
@kindex C-M-a (AWK Mode)
@kindex C-M-e (AWK Mode)
@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-)
@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-)
Move back to the beginning or forward to the end of the current AWK
defun.  These functions are bound to @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} by
default in AWK Mode.  They can take prefix-arguments, their
functionality being entirely equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun}
and @code{end-of-defun}.

AWK Mode @dfn{defuns} are either pattern/action pairs (either of which
might be implicit) or user defined functions.  Having the @samp{@{} and
@samp{@}} (if there are any) in column zero, as is suggested for some
modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK mode.

@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement})
@itemx @kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement})
@kindex M-a
@kindex M-e
@findex c-beginning-of-statement
@findex c-end-of-statement
@findex beginning-of-statement (c-)
@findex end-of-statement (c-)
Move to the beginning or end of the innermost C statement.  If point
is already there, move to the next beginning or end of a statement,
even if that means moving into a block.  (Use @kbd{C-M-b} or
@kbd{C-M-f} to move over a balanced block.)  A prefix argument @var{n}
means move over @var{n} statements.

If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
than one line, these commands move by sentences instead of statements.

When called from a program, these functions take three optional
arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline
strings.

@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
@kindex C-c C-u
@findex c-up-conditional
@findex up-conditional (c-)
Move back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative
argument, move forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
conditional.

@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
function stops at them when going backward, but not when going
forward.

This key sequence is not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
preprocessor statements.

@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-)
A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
lines.  Normally those lines are ignored.

@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
@findex c-down-conditional
@findex down-conditional (c-)
Move forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional, leaving
the mark behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a
negative argument, move backward into the previous nested preprocessor
conditional.

@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.

@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-)
A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
lines.  Normally those lines are ignored.

@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{c-backward-conditional})
@itemx @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{c-forward-conditional})
@kindex C-c C-p
@kindex C-c C-n
@findex c-backward-conditional
@findex c-forward-conditional
@findex backward-conditional (c-)
@findex forward-conditional (c-)
Move backward or forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving
the mark behind.  A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a
negative argument, move in the opposite direction.

These key sequences are not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
preprocessor statements.

@item @kbd{M-x c-backward-into-nomenclature}
@itemx @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-)
@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-)
A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the
first letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by
underscores.  E.g. @samp{SymbolsWithMixedCaseAndNoUnderlines}.

These commands move backward or forward to the beginning of the next
capitalized word.  With prefix argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.
If @var{n} is negative, move in the opposite direction.

Note that these two commands have been superseded by
@code{c-subword-mode}, which you should use instead.  @xref{Subword
Movement}.  They might be removed from a future release of @ccmode{}.
@end table

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Filling and Breaking, Minor Modes, Movement Commands, Commands
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@section Filling and Line Breaking Commands
@cindex text filling
@cindex line breaking
@cindex comment handling
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode.  The goal
is to do it seamlessly, i.e. you can use auto fill mode, sentence and
paragraph movement, paragraph filling, adaptive filling etc. wherever
there's a piece of normal text without having to think much about it.
@ccmode{} keeps the indentation, fixes suitable comment line prefixes,
and so on.

You can configure the exact way comments get filled and broken, and
where Emacs does auto-filling (see @pxref{Custom Filling and
Breaking}).  Typically, the style system (@pxref{Styles}) will have
set this up for you, so you probably won't have to bother.

@findex auto-fill-mode
@cindex Auto Fill mode
@cindex paragraph filling
Line breaks are by default handled (almost) the same regardless of
whether they are made by auto fill mode (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}), by paragraph filling (e.g. with
@kbd{M-q}), or explicitly with @kbd{M-j} or similar methods.  In
string literals, the new line gets the same indentation as the
previous nonempty line.@footnote{You can change this default by
setting the @code{string} syntactic symbol (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}
and @pxref{Customizing Indentation})}.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
@kindex M-q
@findex c-fill-paragraph
@findex fill-paragraph (c-)
@cindex Javadoc markup
@cindex Pike autodoc markup
This command fills multiline string literals and both block
and line style comments.  In Java buffers, the Javadoc markup words
are recognized as paragraph starters.  The line oriented Pike autodoc
markup words are recognized in the same way in Pike mode.

The formatting of the starters (@code{/*}) and enders (@code{*/}) of
block comments are kept as they were before the filling.  I.e., if
either the starter or ender were on a line of its own, then it stays
on its own line; conversely, if the delimiter has comment text on its
line, it keeps at least one word of that text with it on the line.

This command is the replacement for @code{fill-paragraph} in @ccmode{}
buffers.

@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
@kindex M-j
@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-)
This breaks the current line at point and indents the new line.  If
point was in a comment, the new line gets the proper comment line
prefix.  If point was inside a macro, a backslash is inserted before
the line break.  It is the replacement for
@code{indent-new-comment-line}.

@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
@findex c-context-line-break
@findex context-line-break (c-)
Insert a line break suitable to the context: If the point is inside a
comment, the new line gets the suitable indentation and comment line
prefix like @code{c-indent-new-comment-line}.  In normal code it's
indented like @code{newline-and-indent} would do.  In macros it acts
like @code{newline-and-indent} but additionally inserts and optionally
aligns the line ending backslash so that the macro remains unbroken.
@xref{Custom Macros}, for details about the backslash alignment.

This function is not bound to a key by default, but it's intended to be
used on the @kbd{RET} key.  If you like the behavior of
@code{newline-and-indent} on @kbd{RET}, you should consider switching to
this function.  @xref{Sample .emacs File}.

@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
@findex c-context-open-line
@findex context-open-line (c-)
This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}.  I.e. it works just like
@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
line break.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Minor Modes, Electric Keys, Filling and Breaking, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Minor Modes
@cindex Minor Modes
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} contains several minor-mode-like features that you might
find useful while writing new code or editing old code:

@table @asis
@item electric mode
When this is enabled, certain visible characters cause reformatting as
they are typed.  This is normally helpful, but can be a nuisance when
editing chaotically formatted code.  It can also be disconcerting,
especially for users who are new to @ccmode{}.
@item auto-newline mode
This automatically inserts newlines where you'd probably want to type
them yourself, e.g. after typing @samp{@}}s.  Its action is suppressed
when electric mode is disabled.
@item hungry-delete mode
This lets you delete a contiguous block of whitespace with a single
key - for example, the newline and indentation just inserted by
auto-newline when you want to back up and write a comment after the
last statement.
@item subword mode
This mode makes basic word movement commands like @kbd{M-f}
(@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) treat the
parts of sillycapsed symbols as different words.
E.g. @samp{NSGraphicsContext} is treated as three words @samp{NS},
@samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}.
@item syntactic-indentation mode
When this is enabled (which it normally is), indentation commands such
as @kbd{C-j} indent lines of code according to their syntactic
structure.  Otherwise, a line is simply indented to the same level as
the previous one and @kbd{@key{TAB}} adjusts the indentation in steps
of `c-basic-offset'.
@end table

Full details on how these minor modes work are at @ref{Electric Keys},
@ref{Auto-newlines}, @ref{Hungry WS Deletion}, @ref{Subword Movement},
and @ref{Indentation Engine Basics}.

You can toggle each of these minor modes on and off, and you can
configure @ccmode{} so that it starts up with your favourite
combination of them (@pxref{Sample .emacs File}).  By default, when
you initialize a buffer, electric mode and syntactic-indentation mode
are enabled but the other two modes are disabled.

@ccmode{} displays the current state of the first four of these minor
modes on the modeline by appending letters to the major mode's name,
one letter for each enabled minor mode - @samp{l} for electric mode,
@samp{a} for auto-newline mode, @samp{h} for hungry delete mode, and
@samp{w} for subword mode.  If all these modes were enabled, you'd see
@samp{C/lahw}@footnote{The @samp{C} would be replaced with the name of
the language in question for the other languages @ccmode{} supports.}.

Here are the commands to toggle these modes:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{c-toggle-electric-state})
@kindex C-c C-l
@findex c-toggle-electric-state
@findex toggle-electric-state (c-)
Toggle electric minor mode.  When the command turns the mode off, it
also suppresses auto-newline mode.

@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{c-toggle-auto-newline})
@kindex C-c C-a
@findex c-toggle-auto-newline
@findex toggle-auto-newline (c-)
Toggle auto-newline minor mode.  When the command turns the mode on,
it also enables electric minor mode.

@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.}
@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-)
Toggle hungry-delete minor mode.

@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-t}.}
@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-)
Toggle both auto-newline and hungry delete minor modes.

@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{M-x c-subword-mode})
@kindex C-c C-w
@findex c-subword-mode
@findex subword-mode (c-)
Toggle subword mode.

@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-syntactic-indentation}
@findex c-toggle-syntactic-indentation
@findex toggle-syntactic-indentation (c-)
Toggle syntactic-indentation mode.
@end table

Common to all the toggle functions above is that if they are called
programmatically, they take an optional numerical argument.  A
positive value will turn on the minor mode (or both of them in the
case of @code{c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}) and a negative value will
turn it (or them) off.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Electric Keys, Auto-newlines, Minor Modes, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Electric Keys and Keywords
@cindex electric characters
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Most punctuation keys provide @dfn{electric} behavior - as well as
inserting themselves they perform some other action, such as
reindenting the line.  A few keywords, such as @code{else}, also
trigger electric action.

You can inhibit the electric behaviour described here by disabling
electric minor mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}.)

Common to all of them is that they only behave electrically when used
in normal code (as contrasted with getting typed in a string literal
or comment).  Those which cause re-indentation do so only when
@code{c-syntactic-indentation} has a non-@code{nil} value (which it
does by default).

These keys and keywords are:
@c ACM, 2004/8/24:  c-electric-pound doesn't check c-s-i: this is more
@c like a bug in the code than a bug in this document.  It'll get
@c fixed in the code sometime.

@table @kbd
@item #
@kindex #
@findex c-electric-pound

zero.  This is useful for entering preprocessor macro definitions.

Pound is not electric in AWK buffers, where @samp{#} starts a comment,
and is bound to @code{self-insert-command} like any typical printable
character.
@c ACM, 2004/8/24:  Change this (and the code) to do AWK comment
@c reindentation.

@item *
@kindex *
@itemx /
@kindex /
@findex c-electric-star
@findex electric-star (c-)
@findex c-electric-slash
@findex electric-slash (c-)
A star (bound to @code{c-electric-star}) or a slash
(@code{c-electric-slash}) causes reindentation when you type it as the
second component of a C style block comment opener (@samp{/*}) or a
C++ line comment opener (@samp{//}) respectively, but only if the
comment opener is the first thing on the line (i.e. there's only
whitespace before it).

Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that typing a slash at
the start of a line within a block comment will terminate the
comment.  You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to get
this behaviour.  @xref{Clean-ups}.

In AWK mode, @samp{*} and @samp{/} do not delimit comments and are not
electric.

@item <
@kindex <
@itemx >
@kindex >
@findex c-electric-lt-gt
@findex electric-lt-gt (c-)
A less-than or greater-than sign (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) is
electric in two circumstances: when it is an angle bracket in a C++
@samp{template} declaration (and similar constructs in other
languages) and when it is the second of two @kbd{<} or @kbd{>}
characters in a C++ style stream operator.  In either case, the line
is reindented.  Angle brackets in C @samp{#include} directives are not
electric.

@item (
@kindex (
@itemx )
@kindex )
@findex c-electric-paren
@findex electric-paren (c-)
The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} (bound to
@code{c-electric-paren}) reindent the current line.  This is useful
for getting the closing parenthesis of an argument list aligned
automatically.

You can also configure @ccmode{} to insert a space automatically
between a function name and the @samp{(} you've just typed, and to
remove it automatically after typing @samp{)}, should the argument
list be empty.  You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to
get these actions.  @xref{Clean-ups}.

@item @{
@kindex @{
@itemx @}
@kindex @}
@findex c-electric-brace
@findex electric-brace (c-)
Typing a brace (bound to @code{c-electric-brace}) reindents the
current line.  Also, one or more newlines might be inserted if
auto-newline minor mode is enabled.  @xref{Auto-newlines}.
Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} to compact excess whitespace
inserted by auto-newline mode in certain circumstances.
@xref{Clean-ups}.

@item :
@kindex :
@findex c-electric-colon
@findex electric-colon (c-)
Typing a colon (bound to @code{c-electric-colon}) reindents the
current line.  Additionally, one or more newlines might be inserted if
auto-newline minor mode is enabled.  @xref{Auto-newlines}.  If you
type a second colon immediately after such an auto-newline, by default
the whitespace between the two colons is removed, leaving a C++ scope
operator.  @xref{Clean-ups}.

If you prefer, you can insert @samp{::} in a single operation,
avoiding all these spurious reindentations, newlines, and clean-ups.
@xref{Other Commands}.

@item ;
@kindex ;
@itemx ,
@kindex ,
@findex c-electric-semi&comma
@findex electric-semi&comma (c-)
Typing a semicolon or comma (bound to @code{c-electric-semi&comma})
reindents the current line.  Also, a newline might be inserted if
auto-newline minor mode is enabled.  @xref{Auto-newlines}.
Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that when auto-newline
has inserted whitespace after a @samp{@}}, it will be removed again
when you type a semicolon or comma just after it.  @xref{Clean-ups}.

@end table

@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement
@findex electric-continued-statement (c-)

Certain keywords are electric, causing reindentation when they are
preceded only by whitespace on the line.  The keywords are those that
continue an earlier statement instead of starting a new one:
@code{else}, @code{while}, @code{catch} (only in C++ and Java) and
@code{finally} (only in Java).

An example:

@example
@group

else
@end group
@end example

Here, the @code{else} should be indented like the preceding @code{if},
since it continues that statement. @ccmode{} will automatically
reindent it after the @code{else} has been typed in full, since only
then is it possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a
continuation of the preceding @code{if}.

@vindex abbrev-mode
@findex abbrev-mode
@cindex Abbrev mode
@ccmode{} uses Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs,,, @emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}})
to accomplish this. It's therefore turned on by default in all language
modes except IDL mode, since CORBA IDL doesn't have any statements.
@end deffn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Auto-newlines, Hungry WS Deletion, Electric Keys, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Auto-newline Insertion
@cindex auto-newline
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

When you have @dfn{Auto-newline minor mode} enabled (@pxref{Minor
Modes}), @ccmode{} inserts newlines for you automatically (in certain
syntactic contexts) when you type a left or right brace, a colon, a
semicolon, or a comma.  Sometimes a newline appears before the
character you type, sometimes after it, sometimes both.

Auto-newline only triggers when the following conditions hold:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Auto-newline minor mode is enabled, as evidenced by the indicator
@samp{a} after the mode name on the modeline (e.g. @samp{C/a} or
@samp{C/la}).

@item
The character was typed at the end of a line, or with only whitespace
after it, and possibly a @samp{\} escaping the newline.

@item
The character is not on its own line already.  (This applies only to
insertion of a newline @emph{before} the character.)

@item
@cindex literal
@cindex syntactic whitespace
The character was not typed inside of a literal @footnote{A
@dfn{literal} is defined as any comment, string, or preprocessor macro
definition.  These constructs are also known as @dfn{syntactic
whitespace} since they are usually ignored when scanning C code.}.

@item
No numeric argument was supplied to the command (i.e. it was typed as
normal, with no @kbd{C-u} prefix).
@end itemize

You can configure the precise circumstances in which newlines get
inserted (see @pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}).  Typically, the style
system (@pxref{Styles}) will have set this up for you, so you probably
won't have to bother.

Sometimes @ccmode{} inserts an auto-newline where you don't want one,
such as after a @samp{@}} when you're about to type a @samp{;}.
Hungry deletion can help here (@pxref{Hungry WS Deletion}), or you can
activate an appropriate @dfn{clean-up}, which will remove the excess
whitespace after you've typed the @samp{;}.  See @ref{Clean-ups} for a
full description.  See also @ref{Electric Keys} for a summary of
clean-ups listed by key.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hungry WS Deletion, Subword Movement, Auto-newlines, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hungry Deletion of Whitespace
@cindex hungry-deletion
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@kindex C-d

If you want to delete an entire block of whitespace at point, you can
use @dfn{hungry deletion}.  This deletes all the contiguous whitespace
either before point or after point in a single operation.
``Whitespace'' here includes tabs and newlines, but not comments or
preprocessor commands.  Hungry deletion can markedly cut down on the
number of times you have to hit deletion keys when, for example,
you've made a mistake on the preceding line and have already pressed
@kbd{C-j}.

Hungry deletion is a simple feature that some people find extremely
useful.  In fact, you might find yourself wanting it in @strong{all}
your editing modes!

There are two different ways you can use hungry deletion:

@table @asis
@item Using @dfn{Hungry Delete Mode} with @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d}
Here you toggle Hungry Delete minor mode with @kbd{M-x
c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command
was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.  @kbd{C-c C-d} is now the default binding
for @code{c-hungry-delete-forward}.} (@pxref{Minor Modes}.)  This
makes @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d} do forward and backwards hungry
deletion.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{@key{DEL}} (@code{c-electric-backspace})
@kindex DEL
@findex c-electric-backspace
@findex electric-backspace (c-)
This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key.  When
hungry delete mode is enabled, it deletes any amount of whitespace in
the backwards direction.  Otherwise, or when used with a prefix
argument or in a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}), the command just
deletes backwards in the usual way.  (More precisely, it calls the
function contained in the variable @code{c-backspace-function},
passing it the prefix argument, if any.)

@item @code{c-backspace-function}
@vindex c-backspace-function
@vindex backspace-function (c-)
@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace.  The default
value is @code{backward-delete-char-untabify}
(@pxref{Deletion,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}, the function which
deletes a single character.

@item @kbd{C-d} (@code{c-electric-delete-forward})
@kindex C-d
@findex c-electric-delete-forward
@findex electric-delete-forward (c-)
This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction.  When it
doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
just does @code{delete-char}, more or less.  (Strictly speaking, it
calls the function in @code{c-delete-function} with the prefix
argument.)

@item @code{c-delete-function}
@vindex c-delete-function
@vindex delete-function (c-)
@findex delete-char
Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace.  The
default value is @code{delete-char}.
@end table

@item Using Distinct Bindings
The other (newer and recommended) way to use hungry deletion is to
perform @code{c-hungry-backspace} and @code{c-hungry-delete-forward}
directly through their key sequences rather than using the minor mode
toggling.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}}, @kbd{C-c DEL}, or @kbd{C-c @key{Backspace}} (@code{c-hungry-backspace})
@kindex C-c C-<backspace>
@kindex C-c DEL
@kindex C-c <backspace>
@findex c-hungry-backspace
@findex hungry-backspace (c-)
Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).  This command is bound
to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}} and @kbd{C-c @key{Backspace}},
since the more natural one, @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}}, is sometimes
difficult to type at a character terminal.

@item @kbd{C-c C-@key{Delete}}, @kbd{C-c C-d}, or @kbd{C-c @key{Delete}} (@code{c-hungry-delete-forward})
@kindex C-c C-<delete>
@kindex C-c C-d
@kindex C-c <delete>
@findex c-hungry-delete-forward
@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-)
Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).  This command is bound
to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{Delete}} and @kbd{C-c @key{Delete}} for the
same reason as for @key{Backspace} above.
@end table
@end table

@kindex <delete>
@kindex <backspace>

When we talk about @kbd{DEL}, @kbd{C-d}, @key{Backspace} and
@key{Delete} above, we actually do so without connecting them to the
physical keys commonly known as @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}.  The
default bindings to those two keys depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs
you are using.

@findex c-electric-delete
@findex electric-delete (c-)
@findex c-hungry-delete
@findex hungry-delete (c-)
@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward

In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
@code{c-electric-delete}.  You control the direction it deletes in by
setting the variable @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}, a standard
XEmacs variable.  When this variable is non-@code{nil},
@code{c-electric-delete} will do forward deletion with
@code{c-electric-delete-forward}, otherwise it does backward deletion
with @code{c-electric-backspace}.  Similarly, @kbd{C-c @key{Delete}}
and @kbd{C-c C-@key{Delete}} are bound to @code{c-hungry-delete} which
is controlled in the same way by @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}.

@findex normal-erase-is-backspace-mode

Emacs 21 and later automatically binds @key{Backspace} and
@key{Delete} to @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} according to your environment,
and @ccmode{} extends those bindings to @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}}
etc.  If you need to change the bindings through
@code{normal-erase-is-backspace-mode} then @ccmode{} will also adapt
its extended bindings accordingly.

In earlier (X)Emacs versions, @ccmode{} doesn't bind either
@key{Backspace} or @key{Delete} directly.  Only the key codes
@kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} are bound, and it's up to the default bindings
to map the physical keys to them.  You might need to modify this
yourself if the defaults are unsuitable.

Getting your @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete} keys properly set up can
sometimes be tricky.  The information in @ref{DEL Does Not
Delete,,,emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, might be helpful if you're having
trouble with this in GNU Emacs.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Subword Movement, Other Commands, Hungry WS Deletion, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Subword Movement and Editing
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex nomenclature
@cindex subword
In spite of the GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol
by mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. @samp{GtkWidget},
@samp{EmacsFrameClass}, or @samp{NSGraphicsContext}.  Here we call
these mixed case symbols @dfn{nomenclatures}.  Also, each capitalized
(or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a
@dfn{subword}.  Here are some examples:

@multitable {@samp{NSGraphicsContext}} {@samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}}
@headitem Nomenclature
  @tab Subwords
@item @samp{GtkWindow}
  @tab @samp{Gtk} and @samp{Window}
@item @samp{EmacsFrameClass}
  @tab @samp{Emacs}, @samp{Frame}, and @samp{Class}
@item @samp{NSGraphicsContext}
  @tab @samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}
@end multitable

The subword minor mode replaces the basic word oriented movement and
editing commands with variants that recognize subwords in a
nomenclature and treat them as separate words:

@findex c-forward-subword
@findex forward-subword (c-)
@findex c-backward-subword
@findex backward-subword (c-)
@findex c-mark-subword
@findex mark-subword (c-)
@findex c-kill-subword
@findex kill-subword (c-)
@findex c-backward-kill-subword
@findex backward-kill-subword (c-)
@findex c-transpose-subwords
@findex transpose-subwords (c-)
@findex c-capitalize-subword
@findex capitalize-subword (c-)
@findex c-upcase-subword
@findex upcase-subword (c-)
@findex c-downcase-subword
@findex downcase-subword (c-)
@multitable @columnfractions .20 .40 .40
@headitem Key         @tab Word oriented command     @tab Subword oriented command
@item     @kbd{M-f}   @tab @code{forward-word}       @tab @code{c-forward-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-b}   @tab @code{backward-word}      @tab @code{c-backward-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-@@}  @tab @code{mark-word}          @tab @code{c-mark-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-d}   @tab @code{kill-word}          @tab @code{c-kill-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-DEL} @tab @code{backward-kill-word} @tab @code{c-backward-kill-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-t}   @tab @code{transpose-words}    @tab @code{c-transpose-subwords}
@item     @kbd{M-c}   @tab @code{capitalize-word}    @tab @code{c-capitalize-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-u}   @tab @code{upcase-word}        @tab @code{c-upcase-subword}
@item     @kbd{M-l}   @tab @code{downcase-word}      @tab @code{c-downcase-subword}
@end multitable

Note that if you have changed the key bindings for the word oriented
commands in your @file{.emacs} or a similar place, the keys you have
configured are also used for the corresponding subword oriented
commands.

Type @kbd{C-c C-w} to toggle subword mode on and off.  To make the
mode turn on automatically, put the following code in your
@file{.emacs}:

@example
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
          (lambda () (c-subword-mode 1)))
@end example

As a bonus, you can also use @code{c-subword-mode} in non-@ccmode{}
buffers by typing @kbd{M-x c-subword-mode}.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Other Commands,  , Subword Movement, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Other Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
@kindex C-c :
@findex c-scope-operator
@findex scope-operator (c-)
In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
@kbd{C-c :} does just this.

@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region})
@kindex C-c C-\
@findex c-backslash-region
@findex backslash-region (c-)
This function inserts and aligns or deletes end-of-line backslashes in
the current region.  These are typically used in multi-line macros.

With no prefix argument, it inserts any missing backslashes and aligns
them according to the @code{c-backslash-column} and
@code{c-backslash-max-column} variables.  With a prefix argument, it
deletes any backslashes.

The function does not modify blank lines at the start of the region.  If
the region ends at the start of a line, it always deletes the backslash
(if any) at the end of the previous line.

To customize the precise workings of this command, @ref{Custom Macros}.
@end table

@noindent
The recommended line breaking function, @code{c-context-line-break}
(@pxref{Filling and Breaking}), is especially nice if you edit
multiline macros frequently.  When used inside a macro, it
automatically inserts and adjusts the mandatory backslash at the end
of the line to keep the macro together, and it leaves the point at the
right indentation column for the code.  Thus you can write code inside
macros almost exactly as you can elsewhere, without having to bother
with the trailing backslashes.

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{c-macro-expand})
@kindex C-c C-e
@findex c-macro-expand
@findex macro-expand (c-)
This command expands C, C++, Objective C or Pike macros in the region,
using an appropriate external preprocessor program.  Normally it
displays its output in a temporary buffer, but if you give it a prefix
arg (with @kbd{C-u C-c C-e}) it will overwrite the original region
with the expansion.

The command does not work in any of the other modes, and the key
sequence is not bound in these other modes.

@code{c-macro-expand} isn't actually part of @ccmode{}, even though it
is bound to a @ccmode{} key sequence.  If you need help setting it up
or have other problems with it, you can either read its source code or
ask for help in the standard (X)Emacs forums.
@end table

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Font Locking, Config Basics, Commands, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Font Locking
@cindex font locking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex Font Lock mode

@ccmode{} provides font locking for its supported languages by
supplying patterns for use with Font Lock mode.  This means that you
get distinct faces on the various syntactic parts such as comments,
strings, keywords and types, which is very helpful in telling them
apart at a glance and discovering syntactic errors.  @xref{Font
Lock,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for ways to enable font locking in
@ccmode{} buffers.

@strong{Please note:} The font locking in AWK mode is currently not
integrated with the rest of @ccmode{}.  Only the last section of this
chapter, @ref{AWK Mode Font Locking}, applies to AWK.  The other
sections apply to the other languages.

@menu
* Font Locking Preliminaries::  
* Faces::                       
* Doc Comments::                
* AWK Mode Font Locking::       
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Font Locking Preliminaries, Faces, Font Locking, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Font Locking Preliminaries
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The font locking for most of the @ccmode{} languages were provided
directly by the Font Lock package prior to version 5.30 of @ccmode{}.
In the transition to @ccmode{} the patterns have been reworked
completely and are applied uniformly across all the languages except AWK
mode, just like the indentation rules (although each language still has
some peculiarities of its own, of course).  Since the languages
previously had completely separate font locking patterns, this means
that it's a bit different in most languages now.

The main goal for the font locking in @ccmode{} is accuracy, to provide
a dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others, like
declarations and types, can be very tricky.  @ccmode{} can go to great
lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
variable @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} (@pxref{Font Lock,,,
emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}).

@vindex font-lock-maximum-decoration

The decoration levels are used as follows:

@enumerate
@comment 1
@item
Minimal font locking: Fontify only comments, strings and preprocessor
directives (in the languages that use cpp).

@comment 2
@item
Fast font locking: In addition to level 1, fontify keywords, simple
types and declarations that are easy to recognize.  The variables
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} (where @samp{*} is the name of the
language) are used to recognize types (see below).  Documentation
comments like Javadoc are fontified according to
@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments}).

Use this if you think the font locking is too slow.  It's the closest
corresponding level to level 3 in the old font lock patterns.

@comment 3
@item
Accurate font locking: Like level 2 but uses a different approach that
can recognize types and declarations much more accurately.  The
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} variables are still used, but user
defined types are recognized correctly anyway in most cases.  Therefore
those variables should be fairly restrictive and not contain patterns
that are uncertain.

@cindex Lazy Lock mode
@cindex Just-in-time Lock mode

This level is designed for fairly modern hardware and a font lock
support mode like Lazy Lock or Just-in-time Lock mode that only
fontifies the parts that are actually shown.  Fontifying the whole
buffer at once can easily get bothersomely slow even on contemporary
hardware.
@c ACM, 2005/8/28:  There should be a page in the (X)Emacs manual
@c describing these support modes.  There wasn't in the
@c fourteenth edition of the Emacs manual (released with Emacs 21.3).
@c There might be one in the Emacs CVS for 22.1.
@end enumerate

@cindex user defined types
@cindex types, user defined

Since user defined types are hard to recognize you can provide
additional regexps to match those you use:

@defopt c-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx c++-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx objc-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx java-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx idl-font-lock-extra-types
@defoptx pike-font-lock-extra-types
For each language there's a variable @code{*-font-lock-extra-types},
where @samp{*} stands for the language in question.  It contains a list
of regexps that matches identifiers that should be recognized as types,
e.g. @samp{\\sw+_t} to recognize all identifiers ending with @samp{_t}
as is customary in C code.  Each regexp should not match more than a
single identifier.

The default values contain regexps for many types in standard runtime
libraries that are otherwise difficult to recognize, and patterns for
standard type naming conventions like the @samp{_t} suffix in C and C++.
Java, Objective-C and Pike have as a convention to start class names
with capitals, so there are patterns for that in those languages.

Despite the names of these variables, they are not only used for
fontification but in other places as well where @ccmode{} needs to
recognize types.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Faces, Doc Comments, Font Locking Preliminaries, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Faces
@cindex faces
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} attempts to use the standard faces for programming languages
in accordance with their intended purposes as far as possible.  No extra
faces are currently provided, with the exception of a replacement face
@code{c-invalid-face} for emacsen that don't provide
@code{font-lock-warning-face}.

@itemize @bullet
@item
@vindex font-lock-comment-face
Normal comments are fontified in @code{font-lock-comment-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-doc-face
@vindex font-lock-doc-string-face
@vindex font-lock-comment-face
Comments that are recognized as documentation (@pxref{Doc Comments})
get @code{font-lock-doc-face} (Emacs) or
@code{font-lock-doc-string-face} (XEmacs) if those faces exist.  If
they don't then @code{font-lock-comment-face} is used.

@item
@vindex font-lock-string-face
String and character literals are fontified in
@code{font-lock-string-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-keyword-face
Keywords are fontified with @code{font-lock-keyword-face}.

@item
@vindex font-lock-function-name-face
@code{font-lock-function-name-face} is used for function names in
declarations and definitions, and classes in those contexts.  It's also
used for preprocessor defines with arguments.

@item
@vindex font-lock-variable-name-face
Variables in declarations and definitions, and other identifiers in such
variable contexts, get @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}.  It's also
used for preprocessor defines without arguments.

@item
@vindex font-lock-constant-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Builtin constants are fontified in @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it
exists, @code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise.  As opposed to the
preceding two faces, this is used on the names in expressions, and it's
not used in declarations, even if there happen to be a @samp{const} in
them somewhere.

@item
@vindex font-lock-type-face
@code{font-lock-type-face} is put on types (both predefined and user
defined) and classes in type contexts.

@item
@vindex font-lock-constant-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Label identifiers get @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it exists,
@code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise.

@item
Name qualifiers and identifiers for scope constructs are fontified like
labels.

@item
Special markup inside documentation comments are also fontified like
labels.

@item
@vindex font-lock-preprocessor-face
@vindex font-lock-builtin-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Preprocessor directives get @code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} if it
exists (i.e. XEmacs).  In Emacs they get @code{font-lock-builtin-face}
or @code{font-lock-reference-face}, for lack of a closer equivalent.

@item
@vindex font-lock-warning-face
@vindex c-invalid-face
@vindex invalid-face (c-)
Some kinds of syntactic errors are fontified with
@code{font-lock-warning-face} in Emacs.  In older XEmacs versions
there's no corresponding standard face, so there a special
@code{c-invalid-face} is used, which is defined to stand out sharply by
default.

Note that it's not used for @samp{#error} or @samp{#warning} directives,
since those aren't syntactic errors in themselves.
@end itemize


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Doc Comments, AWK Mode Font Locking, Faces, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Documentation Comments
@cindex documentation comments
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

There are various tools to supply documentation in the source as
specially structured comments, e.g. the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
@ccmode{} provides an extensible mechanism to fontify such comments and
the special markup inside them.

@defopt c-doc-comment-style
@vindex doc-comment-style (c-)
This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment
style to recognize, e.g. @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.

The value may also be a list of styles, in which case all of them are
recognized simultaneously (presumably with markup cues that don't
conflict).

The value may also be an association list to specify different comment
styles for different languages.  The symbol for the major mode is then
looked up in the alist, and the value of that element is interpreted as
above if found.  If it isn't found then the symbol `other' is looked up
and its value is used instead.

The default value for @code{c-doc-comment-style} is
@w{@code{((java-mode . javadoc) (pike-mode . autodoc) (c-mode . gtkdoc))}}.

Note that @ccmode{} uses this variable to set other variables that
handle fontification etc.  That's done at mode initialization or when
you switch to a style which sets this variable.  Thus, if you change it
in some other way, e.g. interactively in a CC Mode buffer, you will need
to do @kbd{M-x java-mode} (or whatever mode you're currently using) to
reinitialize.

@findex c-setup-doc-comment-style
@findex setup-doc-comment-style (c-)
Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are
modified before the mode hooks are run.  If you change this variable in
a mode hook, you'll have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
afterwards to redo that work.
@end defopt

@ccmode{} currently provides handing of the following doc comment
styles:

@table @code
@item javadoc
@cindex Javadoc markup
Javadoc comments, the standard tool in Java.

@item autodoc
@cindex Pike autodoc markup
For Pike autodoc markup, the standard in Pike.

@item gtkdoc
@cindex GtkDoc markup
For GtkDoc markup, widely used in the Gnome community.
@end table

The above is by no means complete.  If you'd like to see support for
other doc comment styles, please let us know (@pxref{Mailing Lists and
Bug Reports}).

You can also write your own doc comment fontification support to use
with @code{c-doc-comment-style}: Supply a variable or function
@code{*-font-lock-keywords} where @samp{*} is the name you want to use
in @code{c-doc-comment-style}.  If it's a variable, it's prepended to
@code{font-lock-keywords}.  If it's a function, it's called at mode
initialization and the result is prepended.  For an example, see
@code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}.

If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider
contributing it - send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    AWK Mode Font Locking,  , Doc Comments, Font Locking
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@section AWK Mode Font Locking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The general appearance of font-locking in AWK mode is much like in any
other programming mode.  @xref{Faces For Font Lock,,,elisp, GNU Emacs
Lisp Reference Manual}.

The following faces are, however, used in a non-standard fashion in
AWK mode:

@table @asis
@item @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}
This face was intended for variable declarations.  Since variables are
not declared in AWK, this face is used instead for AWK system
variables (such as @code{NF}) and ``Special File Names'' (such as
@code{"/dev/stderr"}).

@item @code{font-lock-builtin-face} (Emacs)/@code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} (XEmacs)
This face is normally used for preprocessor directives in @ccmode{}.
There are no such things in AWK, so this face is used instead for
standard functions (such as @code{match}).

@item @code{font-lock-string-face}
As well as being used for strings, including localizable strings,
(delimited by @samp{"} and @samp{_"}), this face is also used for AWK
regular expressions (delimited by @samp{/}).

@item @code{font-lock-warning-face} (Emacs)/@code{c-invalid-face} (XEmacs)
This face highlights the following syntactically invalid AWK
constructs:

@itemize @bullet
@item
An unterminated string or regular expression.  Here the opening
delimiter (@samp{"} or @samp{/} or @samp{_"}) is displayed in
@code{font-lock-warning-face}.  This is most noticeable when typing in a
new string/regular expression into a buffer, when the warning-face
serves as a continual reminder to terminate the construct.

AWK mode fontifies unterminated strings/regular expressions
differently from other modes: Only the text up to the end of the line
is fontified as a string (escaped newlines being handled correctly),
rather than the text up to the next string quote.

@item
A space between the function name and opening parenthesis when calling
a user function.  The last character of the function name and the
opening parenthesis are highlighted.  This font-locking rule will
spuriously highlight a valid concatenation expression where an
identifier precedes a parenthesised expression.  Unfortunately.

@item
Whitespace following the @samp{\} in what otherwise looks like an
escaped newline.  The @samp{\} is highlighted.
@end itemize
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Config Basics, Custom Filling and Breaking, Font Locking, Top
@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
@chapter Configuration Basics
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex Emacs Initiliazation File
@cindex Configuration
You configure @ccmode{} by setting Lisp variables and calling (and
perhaps writing) Lisp functions@footnote{DON'T PANIC!!!  This isn't
difficult.}, which is usually done by adding code to an Emacs
initialization file.  This file might be @file{site-start.el} or
@file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} or @file{default.el} or perhaps some
other file.  @xref{Init File,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}.  For
the sake of conciseness, we just call this file ``your @file{.emacs}''
throughout the rest of the manual.

Several of these variables (currently 16), are known collectively as
@dfn{style variables}.  @ccmode{} provides a special mechanism, known
as @dfn{styles} to make it easier to set these variables as a group,
to ``inherit'' settings from one style into another, and so on.  Style
variables remain ordinary Lisp variables, whose values can be read and
changed independently of the style system.  @xref{Style Variables}.

There are several ways you can write the code, depending on the
precise effect you want---they are described further down on this page.
If you are new to @ccmode{}, we suggest you begin with the simplest
method, ``Top-level commands or the customization interface''.

If you make conflicting settings in several of these ways, the way
that takes precedence is the one that appears latest in this list:
@itemize @asis
@item
@table @asis
@item Style
@itemx Top-level command or ``customization interface''
@itemx Hook
@itemx File Style
@end table
@end itemize

Here is a summary of the different ways of writing your configuration
settings:

@table @asis
@item Top-level commands or the ``customization interface''
Most simply, you can write @code{setq} and similar commands at the top
level of your @file{.emacs} file.  When you load a @ccmode{} buffer,
it initializes its configuration from these global values (at least,
for those settings you have given values to), so it makes sense to
have these @code{setq} commands run @emph{before} @ccmode{} is first
initialized---in particular, before any call to @code{desktop-read}
(@pxref{Saving Emacs Sessions,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}).  For
example, you might set c-basic-offset thus:

@example
(setq c-basic-offset 4)
@end example

You can use the more user friendly Customization interface instead,
but this manual does not cover in detail how that works.  To do this,
start by typing @kbd{M-x customize-group @key{RET} c @key{RET}}.
@xref{Easy Customization,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}.
@c The following note really belongs in the Emacs manual.
Emacs normally writes the customizations at the end of your
@file{.emacs} file.  If you use @code{desktop-read}, you should edit
your @file{.emacs} to place the call to @code{desktop-read} @emph{after}
the customizations.

The first initialization of @ccmode{} puts a snapshot of the
configuration settings into the special style @code{user}.
@xref{Built-in Styles}.

For basic use of Emacs, either of these ways of configuring is
adequate.  However, the settings are then the same in all @ccmode{}
buffers and it can be clumsy to communicate them between programmers.
For more flexibility, you'll want to use one (or both) of @ccmode{}'s
more sophisticated facilities, hooks and styles.

@item Hooks
An Emacs @dfn{hook} is a place to put Lisp functions that you want
Emacs to execute later in specific circumstances.
@xref{Hooks,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}.  @ccmode{} supplies a main
hook and a language-specific hook for each language it supports - any
functions you put onto these hooks get executed as the last part of a
buffer's initialization.  Typically you put most of your customization
within the main hook, and use the language-specific hooks to vary the
customization settings between language modes.  For example, if you
wanted different (non-standard) values of @code{c-basic-offset} in C
Mode and Java Mode buffers, you could do it like this:

@example
@group
(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
  (setq c-basic-offset 3))
(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)

(defun my-java-mode-hook ()
  (setq c-basic-offset 6))
(add-hook 'java-mode-hook 'my-java-mode-hook)
@end group
@end example

See @ref{CC Hooks} for more details on the use of @ccmode{} hooks.

@item Styles
A @ccmode{} @dfn{style} is a coherent collection of customizations
with a name.  At any time, exactly one style is active in each
@ccmode{} buffer, either the one you have selected or a default.
@ccmode{} is delivered with several existing styles.  Additionally,
you can create your own styles, possibly based on these existing
styles.  If you worked in a programming team called the ``Free
Group'', which had its own coding standards, you might well have this
in your @file{.emacs} file:

@example
(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
                        (awk-mode . "awk")
                        (other . "free-group-style")))
@end example

See @ref{Styles} for fuller details on using @ccmode{} styles and how
to create them.

@item File Styles
A @dfn{file style} is a rarely used variant of the ``style'' mechanism
described above, which applies to an individual source file.  To use
it, you set certain Emacs local variables in a special block at the
end of the source file.  @xref{File Styles}.

@item Hooks with Styles
For ultimate flexibility, you can use hooks and styles together.  For
example, if your team were developing a product which required a
Linux driver, you'd probably want to use the ``linux'' style for the
driver, and your own team's style for the rest of the code.  You
could achieve this with code like this in your @file{.emacs}:

@example
@group
(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
  (c-set-style
   (if (and (buffer-file-name)
            (string-match "/usr/src/linux" (buffer-file-name)))
       "linux"
     "free-group-style")))
(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)
@end group
@end example

In a programming team, a hook is a also a good place for each member
to put his own personal preferences.  For example, you might be the
only person in your team who likes Auto-newline minor mode.  You could
have it enabled by default by placing the following in your
@file{.emacs}:

@example
@group
(defun my-turn-on-auto-newline ()
  (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-turn-on-auto-newline)
@end group
@end example
@end table

@menu
* CC Hooks::                    
* Style Variables::             
* Styles::                      
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    CC Hooks, Style Variables, Config Basics, Config Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hooks
@cindex mode hooks
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@c The node name is "CC Hooks" rather than "Hooks" because of a bug in
@c some older versions of Info, e.g. the info.el in GNU Emacs 21.3.
@c If you go to "Config Basics" and hit <CR> on the xref to "CC
@c Hooks" the function Info-follow-reference searches for "*Note: CC
@c Hooks" from the beginning of the page.  If this node were instead
@c named "Hooks", that search would spuriously find "*Note:
@c Hooks(elisp)" and go to the wrong node.

@ccmode{} provides several hooks that you can use to customize the
mode for your coding style.  The main hook is
@code{c-mode-common-hook}; typically, you'll put the bulk of your
customizations here.  In addition, each language mode has its own
hook, allowing you to fine tune your settings individually for the
different @ccmode{} languages, and there is a package initialization
hook.  Finally, there is @code{c-special-indent-hook}, which enables
you to solve anomalous indentation problems.  It is described in
@ref{Other Indentation}, not here.  All these hooks adhere to the
standard Emacs conventions.

When you open a buffer, @ccmode{} first initializes it with the
currently active style (@pxref{Styles}).  Then it calls
@code{c-mode-common-hook}, and finally it calls the language-specific
hook.  Thus, any style settings done in these hooks will override
those set by @code{c-default-style}.

@defvar c-initialization-hook
@vindex initialization-hook (c-)
Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
This is a good place to change key bindings (or add new ones) in any
of the @ccmode{} key maps.  @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
@end defvar

@defvar c-mode-common-hook
@vindex mode-common-hook (c-)
Common hook across all languages.  It's run immediately before the
language specific hook.
@end defvar

@defvar c-mode-hook
@defvarx c++-mode-hook
@defvarx objc-mode-hook
@defvarx java-mode-hook
@defvarx idl-mode-hook
@defvarx pike-mode-hook
@defvarx awk-mode-hook
The language specific mode hooks.  The appropriate one is run as the
last thing when you enter that language mode.
@end defvar

Although these hooks are variables defined in @ccmode{}, you can give
them values before @ccmode{}'s code is loaded - indeed, this is the
only way to use @code{c-initialization-hook}.  Their values aren't
overwritten when @ccmode{} gets loaded.

Here's a simplified example of what you can add to your @file{.emacs}
file to do things whenever any @ccmode{} language is edited.  See the
Emacs manuals for more information on customizing Emacs via hooks.
@xref{Sample .emacs File}, for a more complete sample @file{.emacs}
file.

@example
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  ;; my customizations for all of c-mode and related modes
  (no-case-fold-search)
  )
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
@end example

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Style Variables, Styles, CC Hooks, Config Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Style Variables
@cindex styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex style variables
The variables that @ccmode{}'s style system control are called
@dfn{style variables}.  Note that style variables are ordinary Lisp
variables, which the style system initializes; you can change their
values at any time (e.g. in a hook function).  The style system can
also also set other variables, to some extent.  @xref{Styles}.

@dfn{Style variables} are handled specially in several ways:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Style variables are by default buffer-local variables.  However, they
can instead be made global by setting
@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} to @code{nil} before @ccmode{} is
initialized.

@item
@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-)
The default global binding of any style variable (with two exceptions
- see below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}.  When the
style system initializes a buffer-local copy of a style variable for a
@ccmode{} buffer, if its global binding is still that symbol then it
will be set from the current style.  Otherwise it will retain its
global default@footnote{This is a big change from versions of
@ccmode{} earlier than 5.26, where such settings would get overridden
by the style system unless special precautions were taken.  That was
changed since it was counterintuitive and confusing, especially to
novice users.  If your configuration depends on the old overriding
behavior, you can set the variable
@code{c-old-style-variable-behavior} to non-@code{nil}.}.  This
``otherwise'' happens, for example, when you've set the variable with
@code{setq} at the top level of your @file{.emacs} (@pxref{Config
Basics}).

@item
The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) is
an association list with an element for each syntactic symbol.  It's
handled a little differently from the other style variables.  It's
default global binding is the empty list @code{nil}, rather than
@code{set-from-style}.  Before the style system is initialized, you
can add individual elements to @code{c-offsets-alist} by calling
@code{c-set-offset}(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) just like you would set
other style variables with @code{setq}.  Those elements will then
prevail when the style system later initializes a buffer-local copy of
@code{c-offsets-alist}.

@item
The style variable @code{c-special-indent-hook} is also handled in a
special way.  Styles can only add functions to this hook, not remove
them, so any global settings you put on it are always
preserved@footnote{This did not change in version 5.26.}.  The value
you give this variable in a style definition can be either a function
or a list of functions.

@item
The global bindings of the style variables get captured in the special
@code{user} style when the style system is first initialized.
@xref{Built-in Styles}, for details.
@end itemize

The style variables are:@*
@code{c-indent-comment-alist},
@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} (@pxref{Indentation
Commands});@*
@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments});@*
@code{c-block-comment-prefix}, @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp}
(@pxref{Custom Filling and Breaking});@*
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Braces});@*
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Colons});@*
@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} (@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and
Commas});@*
@code{c-cleanup-list} (@pxref{Clean-ups});@*
@code{c-basic-offset} (@pxref{Customizing Indentation});@*
@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist});@*
@code{c-comment-only-line-offset} (@pxref{Comment Line-Up});@*
@code{c-special-indent-hook}, @code{c-label-minimum-indentation}
(@pxref{Other Indentation});@*
@code{c-backslash-column}, @code{c-backslash-max-column}
(@pxref{Custom Macros}).

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Styles,  , Style Variables, Config Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Styles
@cindex styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Most people only need to edit code formatted in just a few well-defined
and consistent styles.  For example, their organization might impose a
``blessed'' style that all its programmers must conform to.  Similarly,
people who work on GNU software will have to use the GNU coding style.
Some shops are more lenient, allowing a variety of coding styles, and as
programmers come and go, there could be a number of styles in use.  For
this reason, @ccmode{} makes it convenient for you to set up logical
groupings of customizations called @dfn{styles}, associate a single name
for any particular style, and pretty easily start editing new or
existing code using these styles.

@menu
* Built-in Styles::             
* Choosing a Style::            
* Adding Styles::               
* File Styles::                 
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Built-in Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Built-in Styles
@cindex styles, built-in
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If you're lucky, one of @ccmode{}'s built-in styles might be just
what you're looking for.  These are:

@table @code
@item gnu
@cindex GNU style
Coding style blessed by the Free Software Foundation
for C code in GNU programs.

@item k&r
@cindex K&R style
The classic Kernighan and Ritchie style for C code.

@item bsd
@cindex BSD style
Also known as ``Allman style'' after Eric Allman.

@item whitesmith
@cindex Whitesmith style
Popularized by the examples that came with Whitesmiths C, an early
commercial C compiler.

@item stroustrup
@cindex Stroustrup style
The classic Stroustrup style for C++ code.

@item ellemtel
@cindex Ellemtel style
Popular C++ coding standards as defined by ``Programming in C++, Rules
and Recommendations,'' Erik Nyquist and Mats Henricson,
Ellemtel@footnote{This document is available at
@uref{http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/lab/cplus/c++.rules/} among other
places.}.
@c N.B.  This URL was still valid at 2005/8/28  (ACM).

@item linux
@cindex Linux style
C coding standard for Linux (the kernel).

@item python
@cindex Python style
C coding standard for Python extension modules@footnote{Python is a
high level scripting language with a C/C++ foreign function interface.
For more information, see @uref{http://www.python.org/}.}.

@item java
@cindex Java style
The style for editing Java code.  Note that the default
value for @code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
@code{java-mode}.

@item awk
@cindex AWK style
The style for editing AWK code.  Note that the default value for
@code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
@code{awk-mode}.

@item user
@cindex User style
This is a special style created by you.  It consists of the factory
defaults for all the style variables as modified by the customizations
you do either with the Customization interface or by writing
@code{setq}s and @code{c-set-offset}s at the top level of your
@file{.emacs} file (@pxref{Config Basics}).  The style system creates
this style as part of its initialization and doesn't modify it
afterwards.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Choosing a Style, Adding Styles, Built-in Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Choosing a Style
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Use @kbd{C-c .} to choose a style interactively:

@deffn Command c-set-style style-name
@findex set-style (c-)
@kindex C-c .
Switch to the specified style in the current buffer.  Use
interactively like this:

@example
@kbd{C-c . @var{style-name} @key{RET}}
@end example

You can use the @key{TAB} in the normal way to do completion on the
style name.  Note that all style names are case insensitive, even the
ones you define yourself.

Setting a style in this way does @emph{not} automatically reindent your
file.  For commands that you can use to view the effect of your changes,
see @ref{Indentation Commands} and @ref{Filling and Breaking}.
@end deffn

The default style in all newly created buffers is @code{gnu}, except
in Java and AWK modes where it's @code{java} and @code{awk}.

Remember that if you set a style variable with the Customization
interface or at the top level of your @file{.emacs} file before the
style system is initialised (@pxref{Config Basics}), this setting will
override the one that the style system would have given the variable.

@defopt c-default-style
@vindex default-style (c-)
This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
buffers.  It takes either a style name string, or an association list
of major mode symbols to style names:

@enumerate
@item
When @code{c-default-style} is a string, it must be an existing style
name.  This style is then used for all modes.

@item
When @code{c-default-style} is an association list, the mode language
is looked up to find a style name string.

@item
If @code{c-default-style} is an association list where the mode
language mode isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is
looked up.  If it's found then the associated style is used.

@item
If @samp{other} is not found then the @samp{gnu} style is used.
@end enumerate

In all cases, the style described in @code{c-default-style} is installed
@emph{before} the language hooks are run, so you can always override
this setting by including an explicit call to @code{c-set-style} in your
language mode hook, or in @code{c-mode-common-hook}.

The standard value of @code{c-default-style} is @w{@code{((java-mode
. "java") (awk-mode . "awk") (other . "gnu"))}}.
@end defopt

@defvar c-indentation-style
@vindex indentation-style (c-)
This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
string.
@end defvar


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Adding Styles, File Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Adding and Amending Styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing
style.  To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the
following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the
function @code{c-add-style}.  You can see an example of a style
definition in @ref{Sample .emacs File}.

@cindex style definition
@c @defvr {List} style definition
@table @asis
@item Structure of a Style Definition List
([@var{base-style}] [(@var{variable} . @var{value}) @dots{}])

Optional @var{base-style}, if present, must be a string which is the
name of the @dfn{base style} from which this style inherits.  At most
one @var{base-style} is allowed in a style definition.  If
@var{base-style} is not specified, the style inherits from the table
of factory default values@footnote{This table is stored internally in
the variable c-fallback-style.} instead.  All styles eventually
inherit from this internal table.  Style loops generate errors.  The
list of pre-existing styles can be seen in @ref{Built-in Styles}.

The dotted pairs (@var{variable} . @var{value}) each consist of a
variable and the value it is to be set to when the style is later
activated.@footnote{Note that if the variable has been given a value
by the Customization interface or a @code{setq} at the top level of
your @file{.emacs}, this value will override the one the style system
tries to give it. @xref{Config Basics}.} The variable can be either a
@ccmode{} style variable or an arbitrary Emacs variable.  In the
latter case, it is @emph{not} made buffer-local by the @ccmode{} style
system.
@c @end defvr

Two variables are treated specially in the dotted pair list:

@table @code
@item c-offsets-alist
The value is in turn a list of dotted pairs of the form

@example
(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{offset}})
@end example

as described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.  These are passed to
@code{c-set-offset} so there is no need to set every syntactic symbol
in your style, only those that are different from the inherited style.

@item c-special-indent-hook
The value is added to @code{c-special-indent-hook} using
@code{add-hook}, so any functions already on it are kept.  If the value
is a list, each element of the list is added with @code{add-hook}.
@end table
@end table

Styles are kept in the @code{c-style-alist} variable, but you
should never modify this variable directly.  Instead, @ccmode{}
provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.

@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
@findex add-style (c-)
Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
above.  If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
it is replaced by @var{description}.  (Note, this replacement is
total.  The old style is @emph{not} merged into the new one.)
Otherwise, a new style is added.

If the optional @var{set-p} is non-@code{nil} then the new style is
applied to the current buffer as well.  The use of this facility is
deprecated and it might be removed from @ccmode{} in a future release.
You should use @code{c-set-style} instead.

The sample @file{.emacs} file provides a concrete example of how a new
style can be added and automatically set.  @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
@end defun

@defvar c-style-alist
@vindex style-alist (c-)
This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles.  It
should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
@end defvar


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    File Styles,  , Adding Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection File Styles
@cindex styles, file local
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex file local variables

The Emacs manual describes how you can customize certain variables on a
per-file basis by including a @dfn{file local variable} block at the end
of the file (@pxref{File Variables,, Local Variables in Files, @emacsman{},
@emacsmantitle{}}).

So far, you've only seen a functional interface for setting styles in
@ccmode{}, and this can't be used here.  @ccmode{} fills the gap by
providing two variables for use in a file's local variable list.
Don't use them anywhere else!  These allow you to customize the style
on a per-file basis:

@defvar c-file-style
@vindex file-style (c-)
Set this variable to a style name string in the Local Variables list.
From now on, when you visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically set
the file's style to this one using @code{c-set-style}.
@end defvar

@defvar c-file-offsets
@vindex file-offsets (c-)
Set this variable (in the Local Variables list) to an association list
of the same format as @code{c-offsets-alist}.  From now on, when you
visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically institute these offsets
using @code{c-set-offset}.
@end defvar

Note that file style settings (i.e. @code{c-file-style}) are applied
before file offset settings
(i.e. @code{c-file-offsets})@footnote{Also, if either of these are set
in a file's local variable section, all the style variable values are
made local to that buffer, even if
@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} is @code{nil}.  Since this
variable is virtually always non-@code{nil} anyhow, you're unlikely to
notice this effect.}.

If you set any variables, including style variables, by the file local
variables mechanism, these settings take priority over all other
settings, even those in your mode hooks (@pxref{CC Hooks}).  If you
use @code{c-file-style} or @code{c-file-offsets} and also explicitly
set a style variable in a local variable block, the explicit setting
will take priority.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Filling and Breaking, Custom Auto-newlines, Config Basics, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Customizing Filling and Line Breaking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode.  It does
this by hooking in on the different line breaking functions and tuning
relevant variables as necessary.

@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
@cindex comment line prefix
@vindex comment-start

paragraphs, @ccmode{} makes several standard
variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
@code{comment-start-skip}, @code{paragraph-start},
@code{paragraph-separate}, @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix},
@code{adaptive-fill-mode}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp}, and
@code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}.} buffer-local and modifies them
according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.

@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
every line in a comment.  The variable is either the comment line
prefix itself, or (more usually) an association list with different
values for different languages.  The symbol for the major mode is
looked up in the alist to get the regexp for the language, and if it
isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is looked up instead.

When a comment line gets divided by @kbd{M-j} or the like, @ccmode{}
inserts the comment line prefix from a neighbouring line at the start
of the new line.  The default value of c-comment-prefix-regexp is
@samp{//+\\|\\**}, which matches C++ style line comments like

@example
// blah blah
@end example

@noindent
with two or more slashes in front of them, and the second and
subsequent lines of C style block comments like

@example
@group
/*
 * blah blah

@end example

@noindent
with zero or more stars at the beginning of every line.  If you change
this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
(i.e. @code{//}) of line comments @emph{and} the line prefix inside
block comments.

@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-)
Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at
mode initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it
inside a @ccmode{} buffer.  You need to call the command
@code{c-setup-paragraph-variables} too, to update those other
variables.  That's also the case if you modify
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} in a mode hook, since @ccmode{} will
already have set up these variables before calling the hook.
@end defopt

In comments, @ccmode{} uses @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to adapt
the line prefix from the other lines in the comment.

@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
@ccmode{} uses adaptive fill mode (@pxref{Adaptive Fill,,, emacs, GNU
Emacs Manual}) to make Emacs correctly keep the line prefix when
filling paragraphs.  That also makes Emacs preserve the text
indentation @emph{inside} the comment line prefix.  E.g. in the
following comment, both paragraphs will be filled with the left
margins of the texts kept intact:

@example
@group
/* Make a balanced b-tree of the nodes in the incoming
 * stream.  But, to quote the famous words of Donald E.

@uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/}.  As of version 2.12, it does however
lack a feature that makes it work suboptimally when
@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} matches the empty string (which it does
by default).  A patch for that is available from
@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/,, the CC Mode web site}.},
@c 2005/11/22:  The above is still believed to be the case.
which handles things like bulleted lists nicely.  There's a convenience
function @code{c-setup-filladapt} that tunes the relevant variables in
Filladapt for use in @ccmode{}.  Call it from a mode hook, e.g. with
something like this in your @file{.emacs}:

@example
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  (c-setup-filladapt)

@noindent
break into

@example
@group
/* Got O(n^2) here, which
 * is a Bad Thing. */
@end group
@end example

Note that it won't work to adjust the indentation by putting leading
spaces in @code{c-block-comment-prefix}, since @ccmode{} still uses the
normal indentation engine to indent the line.  Thus, the right way to
fix the indentation is by customizing the @code{c} syntactic symbol.  It
defaults to @code{c-lineup-C-comments}, which handles the indentation of
most common comment styles, see @ref{Line-Up Functions}.
@end defopt

@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-)
When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g. to never
break a line automatically inside a string literal.  This variable
takes a list of symbols for the different contexts where auto-filling
never should occur:

@table @code

@item c++
Inside a C++ style line comment.
@item cpp
Inside a preprocessor directive.
@item code
Anywhere else, i.e. in normal code.
@end table

By default, @code{c-ignore-auto-fill} is set to @code{(string cpp
code)}, which means that when auto-fill mode is activated,
auto-filling only occurs in comments.  In literals, it's often
desirable to have explicit control over newlines.  In preprocessor
directives, the necessary @samp{\} escape character before the newline
is not automatically inserted, so an automatic line break would
produce invalid code.  In normal code, line breaks are normally
dictated by some logical structure in the code rather than the last
whitespace character, so automatic line breaks there will produce poor
results in the current implementation.
@end defopt

@vindex comment-multi-line
If inside a comment and @code{comment-multi-line} (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}} is non-@code{nil}, the indentation and
line prefix are preserved.  If inside a comment and
@code{comment-multi-line} is @code{nil}, a new comment of the same
type is started on the next line and indented as appropriate for
comments.

Note that @ccmode{} sets @code{comment-multi-line} to @code{t} at
startup.  The reason is that @kbd{M-j} could otherwise produce sequences
of single line block comments for texts that should logically be treated
as one comment, and the rest of the paragraph handling code
(e.g. @kbd{M-q} and @kbd{M-a}) can't cope with that, which would lead to
inconsistent behavior.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Auto-newlines, Clean-ups, Custom Filling and Breaking, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Customizing Auto-newlines
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} determines whether to insert auto-newlines in two basically
different ways, depending on the character just typed:

@table @asis
@item Braces and Colons
@ccmode{} first determines the syntactic context of the brace or colon
(@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}), then looks for a corresponding element in
an alist.  This element specifies where to put newlines - this is any
combination of before and after the brace or colon.  If no alist
element is found, newlines are inserted both before and after a brace,
but none are inserted around a colon.  See @ref{Hanging Braces} and
@ref{Hanging Colons}.

@item Semicolons and Commas
The variable @code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} contains a list of
functions which determine whether to insert a newline after a newly
typed semicolon or comma.  @xref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}.
@end table

The names of these configuration variables contain @samp{hanging}
because they let you @dfn{hang} the pertinent characters.  A character
which introduces a C construct is said to @dfn{hang on the right} when
it appears at the end of a line after other code, being separated by a
line break from the construct it introduces, like the opening brace in:

@example
@group
while (i < MAX) @{
    total += entry[i];
    entry [i++] = 0;
@}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
A character @dfn{hangs on the left} when it appears at the start of
the line after the construct it closes off, like the above closing
brace.

The next chapter, ``Clean-ups'', describes how to configure @ccmode{}
to remove these automatically added newlines in certain specific
circumstances.  @xref{Clean-ups}.

@menu
* Hanging Braces::              
* Hanging Colons::              
* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::  
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Braces, Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines, Custom Auto-newlines
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hanging Braces
@cindex hanging braces
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

To specify which kinds of braces you want auto-newlines put around,
you set the style variable @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}.  Its
structure and semantics are described in this section.  Details of how
to set it up, and its relationship to CC Mode's style system are given
in @ref{Style Variables}.

Say you wanted an auto-newline after (but not before) the following
@samp{@{}:

@example
if (foo < 17) @{
@end example

@noindent
First you need to find the @dfn{syntactic context} of the brace---type
a @key{RET} before the brace to get it on a line of its
own@footnote{Also insert a @samp{\} at the end of the previous line if
you're in AWK Mode.}, then type @kbd{C-c C-s}.  That will tell you
something like:

@example
((substatement-open 1061))
@end example

@noindent
So here you need to put the entry @code{(substatement-open . (after))}
into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}.

If you don't want any auto-newlines for a particular syntactic symbol,
put this into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}:

@example
(brace-entry-open)
@end example

If some brace syntactic symbol is not in @code{c-hanging-brace-alist},
its entry is taken by default as @code{(before after)}---insert a
newline both before and after the brace.  In place of a
``before/after'' list you can specify a function in this alist---this
is useful when the auto newlines depend on the code around the brace.

@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)

This variable is an association list which maps syntactic symbols to
lists of places to insert a newline.  @xref{Association
Lists,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}.  The key of each element is the
syntactic symbol, the associated value is either @code{nil}, a list,
or a function.

@table @asis
@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
The syntactic symbols that are useful as keys in this list are
@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{inexpr-class-open}, @code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the
@code{*-open} and @code{*-close} symbols.  @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
for a more detailed description of these syntactic symbols, except for
@code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, which aren't
actual syntactic symbols.  Elements with any other value as a key get
ignored.

The braces of anonymous inner classes in Java are given the special
symbols @code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, so that
they can be distinguished from the braces of normal classes@footnote{The
braces of anonymous classes produce a combination of
@code{inexpr-class}, and @code{class-open} or @code{class-close} in
normal indentation analysis.}.

Note that the aggregate constructs in Pike mode, @samp{(@{}, @samp{@})},
@samp{([}, @samp{])}, and @samp{(<}, @samp{>)}, do not count as brace
lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation
purposes.  It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on
these constructs.

@item The associated value - the ``ACTION'' list or function
The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association
list is called an @var{action}, which can be either a list or a
function which returns a list.  @xref{Custom Braces}, for how to use
a function as a brace hanging @var{action}.

The list @var{action} (or the list returned by @var{action} when it's
a function) contains some combination of the symbols @code{before} and
@code{after}, directing @ccmode{} where to put newlines in
relationship to the brace being inserted.  Thus, if the list contains
only the symbol @code{after}, then the brace hangs on the right side
of the line, as in:

@example
// here, open braces always `hang'
void spam( int i ) @{
    if( i == 7 ) @{
        dosomething(i);
    @}
@}
@end example

When the list contains both @code{after} and @code{before}, the braces
will appear on a line by themselves, as shown by the close braces in
the above example.  The list can also be empty, in which case newlines
are added neither before nor after the brace.
@end table

If a syntactic symbol is missing entirely from
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, it's treated in the same way as an
@var{action} with a list containing @code{before} and @code{after}, so
that braces by default end up on their own line.

For example, the default value of @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} is:

@example
((brace-list-open)
 (brace-entry-open)
 (statement-cont)
 (substatement-open after)
 (block-close . c-snug-do-while)
 (extern-lang-open after)
 (namespace-open after)
 (module-open after)
 (composition-open after)
 (inexpr-class-open after)
 (inexpr-class-close before))
@end example

@noindent which says that @code{brace-list-open},
@code{brace-entry-open} and @code{statement-cont}@footnote{Brace lists
inside statements, such as initializers for static array variables
inside functions in C, are recognized as @code{statement-cont}.  All
normal substatement blocks are recognized with other symbols.} braces
should both hang on the right side and allow subsequent text to follow
on the same line as the brace.  Also, @code{substatement-open},
@code{extern-lang-open}, and @code{inexpr-class-open} braces should hang
on the right side, but subsequent text should follow on the next line.
The opposite holds for @code{inexpr-class-close} braces; they won't
hang, but the following text continues on the same line.  Here, in the
@code{block-close} entry, you also see an example of using a function as
an @var{action}.  In all other cases, braces are put on a line by
themselves.
@end defopt

@menu
* Custom Braces::               
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Braces,  , Hanging Braces, Hanging Braces
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Custom Brace Hanging
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
@cindex action functions
Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions.  Remember
that @var{action}s are usually a list containing some combination of
the symbols @code{before} and @code{after} (@pxref{Hanging Braces}).
For more flexibility, you can instead specify brace ``hanginess'' by
giving a synctactic symbol an @dfn{action function} in
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}; this function determines the
``hanginess'' of a brace, usually by looking at the code near it.

@cindex customization, brace hanging
An action function is called with two arguments: the syntactic symbol
for the brace (e.g. @code{substatement-open}), and the buffer position
where the brace has been inserted.  Point is undefined on entry to an
action function, but the function must preserve it (e.g. by using
@code{save-excursion}).  The return value should be a list containing
some combination of @code{before} and @code{after}, including neither
of them (i.e. @code{nil}).

@defvar c-syntactic-context
@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
This might be, for example, @samp{((block-close 73))}.  Don't ever
give @code{c-syntactic-context} a value yourself---this would disrupt
the proper functioning of @ccmode{}.

This variable is also bound in three other circumstances:
(i)@tie{}when calling a c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria function
(@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}; (ii)@tie{}when calling a
line-up function (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}; (iii)@tie{}when calling a
c-special-indent-hook function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
@end defvar

As an example, @ccmode{} itself uses this feature to dynamically
determine the hanginess of braces which close ``do-while''
constructs:

clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
In all other cases, it returns the list @samp{(before after)} so
that the brace appears on a line by itself.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Colons, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Hanging Braces, Custom Auto-newlines
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hanging Colons
@cindex hanging colons
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex customization, colon hanging
@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)

Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} - When a colon is typed, @ccmode
determines its syntactic context, looks this up in the alist
@code{c-changing-colons-alist} and inserts up to two newlines
accordingly.  Here, however, If @ccmode fails to find an entry for a
syntactic symbol in the alist, no newlines are inserted around the
newly typed colon.

@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)

@table @asis
@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
The syntactic symbols appropriate as keys in this association list
are: @code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label},
@code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}.  @xref{Syntactic
Symbols}.  Elements with any other value as a key get ignored.

@item The associate value - the ``ACTION'' list
The @var{action} here is simply a list containing a combination of the
symbols @code{before} and @code{after}.  Unlike in
@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, functions as @var{actions} are not
supported - there doesn't seem to be any need for them.
@end table
@end defopt

In C++, double-colons are used as a scope operator but because these
colons always appear right next to each other, newlines before and after
them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
@ccmode{}.  @xref{Clean-ups}, for details.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Hanging Semicolons and Commas,  , Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Hanging Semicolons and Commas
@cindex hanging semicolons
@cindex hanging commas
@cindex customization, semicolon newlines
@cindex customization, comma newlines
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-)
This style variable takes a list of functions; these get called when
you type a semicolon or comma.  The functions are called in order
without arguments.  When these functions are entered, point is just
after the newly inserted @samp{;} or @samp{,} and they must preserve
point (e.g., by using @code{save-excursion}).  During the call, the
variable @code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the syntactic context
of the current line@footnote{This was first introduced in @ccmode{}
5.31.} @pxref{Custom Braces}.  These functions don't insert newlines
themselves, rather they direct @ccmode{} whether or not to do so.
They should return one of the following values:

@table @code
@item t
A newline is to be inserted after the @samp{;} or @samp{,}, and no
more functions from the list are to be called.
@item stop
No more functions from the list are to be called, and no newline is to
be inserted.
@item nil
No determination has been made, and the next function in the list is
to be called.
@end table

Note that auto-newlines are never inserted @emph{before} a semicolon
or comma.  If every function in the list is called without a
determination being made, then no newline is added.

In AWK mode, this variable is set by default to @code{nil}.  In the
other modes, the default value is a list containing a single function,
@code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist}.  This inserts newlines after all
semicolons, apart from those separating @code{for}-clause statements.
@end defopt

@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-)
This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}.  It

statements.  In addition to
@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks} described above,
@ccmode{} also comes with the criteria function
@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners}, which suppresses
newlines after semicolons inside one-line inline method definitions
(e.g. in C++ or Java).
@end defun


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Clean-ups, Indentation Engine Basics, Custom Auto-newlines, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Clean-ups
@cindex clean-ups
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@dfn{Clean-ups} are mechanisms which remove (or exceptionally, add)
whitespace in specific circumstances and are complementary to colon
and brace hanging.  You enable a clean-up by adding its symbol into
@code{c-cleanup-list}.

On the surface, it would seem that clean-ups overlap the functionality
provided by the @code{c-hanging-*-alist} variables.  Clean-ups,
however, are used to adjust code ``after-the-fact'', i.e. to adjust
the whitespace in constructs later than when they were typed.

Most of the clean-ups remove automatically inserted newlines, and are
only active when auto-newline minor mode is turned on.  Others will
work all the time.  Note that clean-ups are only performed when there
is nothing but whitespace appearing between the individual components
of the construct, and (apart from @code{comment-close-slash}) when the
construct does not occur within a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}).

@defopt c-cleanup-list
@vindex cleanup-list (c-)
@cindex literal

You configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
@code{c-cleanup-list}, which is a list of clean-up symbols.  By
default, @ccmode{} cleans up only the @code{scope-operator} construct,
which is necessary for proper C++ support.
@end defopt

These are the clean-ups that are only active when electric and
auto-newline minor modes are enabled:

@c TBD: Would like to use some sort of @deffoo here; @table indents a
@c bit too much in dvi output.
@table @code
@item brace-else-brace
Clean up @samp{@} else @{} constructs by placing the entire construct on
a single line.  Clean up occurs when the open brace after the
@samp{else} is typed.  So for example, this:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @}
    else
    @{
@end group
@end example

@noindent
appears like this after the last open brace is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else @{
@end group
@end example

@item brace-elseif-brace
Similar to the @code{brace-else-brace} clean-up, but this cleans up
@samp{@} else if (...) @{} constructs.  For example:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @}
    else if( i==3 )
    @{
@end group
@end example

@noindent
appears like this after the last open parenthesis is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else if(
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and like this after the last open brace is typed:

@example
@group
void spam(int i)
@{
    if( i==7 ) @{
        dosomething();
    @} else if( i==3 ) @{
@end group
@end example

@item brace-catch-brace
Analogous to @code{brace-elseif-brace}, but cleans up @samp{@} catch
(...) @{} in C++ and Java mode.

@item empty-defun-braces
Clean up braces following a top-level function or class definition that
contains no body.  Clean up occurs when the closing brace is typed.
Thus the following:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
@}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
is transformed into this when the close brace is typed:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{@}
@end group
@end example

@item defun-close-semi
Clean up the terminating semicolon on top-level function or class
definitions when they follow a close brace.  Clean up occurs when the
semicolon is typed.  So for example, the following:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
...
@}
;
@end group
@end example

@noindent
is transformed into this when the semicolon is typed:

@example
@group
class Spam
@{
...
@};
@end group
@end example

@item list-close-comma
Clean up commas following braces in array and aggregate initializers.
Clean up occurs when the comma is typed.  The space before the comma
is zapped just like the space before the semicolon in
@code{defun-close-semi}.

@item scope-operator
Clean up double colons which might designate a C++ scope operator split
across multiple lines@footnote{Certain C++ constructs introduce
ambiguous situations, so @code{scope-operator} clean-ups might not
always be correct.  This usually only occurs when scoped identifiers
appear in switch label tags.}.  Clean up occurs when the second colon is
typed.  You will always want @code{scope-operator} in the
@code{c-cleanup-list} when you are editing C++ code.

@item one-liner-defun
Clean up a single line of code enclosed by defun braces by removing
the whitespace before and after the code.  The clean-up happens when
the closing brace is typed.  If the variable
@code{c-max-one-liner-length} is set, the cleanup is only done if the
resulting line would be no longer than the value of that variable.

For example, consider this AWK code:

@example
@group
BEGIN @{
    FS = "\t" # use <TAB> as a field separator
@}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
It gets compacted to the following when the closing brace is typed:

@example
@group
BEGIN @{FS = "\t"@} # use <TAB> as a field separator
@end group
@end example

@defopt c-max-one-liner-length
@vindex max-one-liner-length (c-)
The maximum length of the resulting line for which the clean-up
@code{one-liner-defun} will be triggered.  This length is that of the entire
line, including any leading whitespace and any trailing comment.  Its
default value is 80.  If the value is zero or @code{nil}, no limit
applies.
@end defopt
@end table

The following clean-ups are always active when they occur on
@code{c-cleanup-list}, regardless of whether Electric minor mode or
Auto-newline minor mode are enabled:

@table @code
@item space-before-funcall
Insert a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
of a function call.  This produces function calls in the style
mandated by the GNU coding standards, e.g. @samp{signal@tie{}(SIGINT,
SIG_IGN)} and @samp{abort@tie{}()}.  Clean up occurs when the opening
parenthesis is typed.  This clean-up should never be active in AWK
Mode, since such a space is syntactically invalid for user defined
functions.

@item compact-empty-funcall
Clean up any space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
of a function call that has no arguments.  This is typically used
together with @code{space-before-funcall} if you prefer the GNU function
call style for functions with arguments but think it looks ugly when
it's only an empty parenthesis pair.  I.e. you will get @samp{signal
(SIGINT, SIG_IGN)}, but @samp{abort()}.  Clean up occurs when the
closing parenthesis is typed.

@item comment-close-slash
When inside a block comment, terminate the comment when you type a
slash at the beginning of a line (i.e. immediately after the comment
prefix).  This clean-up removes whitespace preceding the slash and if
needed, inserts a star to complete the token @samp{*/}.
@end table


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Engine Basics, Customizing Indentation, Clean-ups, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Indentation Engine Basics
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

This chapter will briefly cover how @ccmode{} indents lines of code.
It is helpful to understand the indentation model being used so that
you will know how to customize @ccmode{} for your personal coding
style.  All the details are in @ref{Customizing Indentation}.

@ccmode{} has an indentation engine that provides a flexible and
general mechanism for customizing indentation.  When @ccmode{} indents
a line of code, it separates its calculations into two steps:

@enumerate
@item
@cindex syntactic symbol
@cindex anchor position
It analyzes the line to determine its @dfn{syntactic symbol(s)} (the
kind of language construct it's looking at) and its @dfn{anchor
position} (the position earlier in the file that @ccmode{} will indent
the line relative to).  The anchor position might be the location of
an opening brace in the previous line, for example.  @xref{Syntactic
Analysis}.
@item
@cindex offsets
@cindex indentation offset specifications
It looks up the syntactic symbol(s) in the configuration to get the
corresponding @dfn{offset(s)}.  The symbol @code{+}, which means
``indent this line one more level'' is a typical offset.  @ccmode{}
then applies these offset(s) to the anchor position, giving the
indentation for the line.  The different sorts of offsets are
described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.
@end enumerate

In exceptional circumstances, the syntax directed indentation
described here may be a nuisance rather than a help.  You can disable
it by setting @code{c-syntactic-indentation} to @code{nil}.  (To set
the variable interactively, @ref{Minor Modes}).

@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-)
When this is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), the indentation
of code is done according to its syntactic structure.  When it's
@code{nil}, every line is just indented to the same level as the
previous one, and @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command}) adjusts the
indentation in steps of @code{c-basic-offset}.  The current style
(@pxref{Config Basics}) then has no effect on indentation, nor do any
of the variables associated with indentation, not even
@code{c-special-indent-hook}.
@end defopt

@menu
* Syntactic Analysis::          
* Syntactic Symbols::           
* Indentation Calculation::     
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Syntactic Analysis, Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics, Indentation Engine Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Syntactic Analysis
@cindex syntactic analysis
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex syntactic element
@cindex syntactic context
The first thing @ccmode{} does when indenting a line of code, is to
analyze the line, determining the @dfn{syntactic context} of the
(first) construct on that line.  It's a list of @dfn{syntactic
elements}, where each syntactic element in turn is a list@footnote{In
@ccmode 5.28 and earlier, a syntactic element was a dotted pair; the
cons was the syntactic symbol and the cdr was the anchor position.
For compatibility's sake, the parameter passed to a line-up function
still has this dotted pair form (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).}  Here is a
brief and typical example:

@example
((defun-block-intro 1959))
@end example

@cindex syntactic symbol
@noindent
The first thing inside each syntactic element is always a
@dfn{syntactic symbol}.  It describes the kind of construct that was
recognized, e.g. @code{statement}, @code{substatement},
@code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc.  @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and
their semantics.  The remaining entries are various data associated
with the recognized construct - there might be zero or more.

@cindex anchor position
Conceptually, a line of code is always indented relative to some
position higher up in the buffer (typically the indentation of the
previous line).  That position is the @dfn{anchor position} in the
syntactic element.  If there is an entry after the syntactic symbol in
the syntactic element list then it's either nil or that anchor position.

Here is an example.  Suppose we had the following code as the only thing
in a C++ buffer @footnote{The line numbers in this and future examples
don't actually appear in the buffer, of course!}:

@example
 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
 2: @{
 3:     int tmp = a;
 4:     a = b;
 5:     b = tmp;
 6: @}
@end example

@noindent
We can use @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) to
report what the syntactic analysis is for the current line:

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information})
@kindex C-c C-s
@findex c-show-syntactic-information
@findex show-syntactic-information (c-)
This command calculates the syntactic analysis of the current line and
displays it in the minibuffer.  The command also highlights the anchor
position(s).
@end table

  Running this command on line 4 of this example, we'd see in the echo
area@footnote{With a universal argument (i.e. @kbd{C-u C-c C-s}) the
analysis is inserted into the buffer as a comment on the current
line.}:

@example
((statement 35))
@end example

@noindent
and the @samp{i} of @code{int} on line 3 would be highlighted.  This
tells us that the line is a statement and it is indented relative to
buffer position 35, the highlighted position.  If you were to move
point to line 3 and hit @kbd{C-c C-s}, you would see:

@example
((defun-block-intro 29))
@end example

@noindent
This indicates that the @samp{int} line is the first statement in a top
level function block, and is indented relative to buffer position 29,
which is the brace just after the function header.

Here's another example:

@example
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:     if( doit )
 4:         @{
 5:             return( val + incr );
 6:         @}
 7:     return( val );
 8: @}
@end example

@noindent
Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 gives us:

@example
((substatement-open 46))
@end example

@cindex substatement
@cindex substatement block
@noindent
which tells us that this is a brace that @emph{opens} a substatement
block. @footnote{A @dfn{substatement} is the line after a
conditional statement, such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while},
@code{do}, @code{switch}, etc.  A @dfn{substatement
block} is a brace block following one of these conditional statements.}

@cindex comment-only line
Syntactic contexts can contain more than one element, and syntactic
elements need not have anchor positions.  The most common example of
this is a @dfn{comment-only line}:

@example
 1: void draw_list( List<Drawables>& drawables )
 2: @{
 3:         // call the virtual draw() method on each element in list
 4:     for( int i=0; i < drawables.count(), ++i )
 5:     @{
 6:         drawables[i].draw();
 7:     @}
 8: @}
@end example

@noindent
Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 3 of this example gives:

@example
((comment-intro) (defun-block-intro 46))
@end example

@noindent
and you can see that the syntactic context contains two syntactic
elements.  Notice that the first element, @samp{(comment-intro)}, has no
anchor position.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Calculation, Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Engine Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Syntactic Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list
@vindex c-offsets-alist
@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
This section is a complete list of the syntactic symbols which appear
in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with brief
descriptions.  The previous section (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis})
states what syntactic symbols are and how the indentation engine uses
them.

More detailed descriptions of these symbols, together with snippets of
source code to which they apply, appear in the examples in the
subsections below.  Note that, in the interests of brevity, the anchor
position associated with most syntactic symbols is @emph{not}
specified.  In cases of doubt, type @kbd{C-c C-s} on a pertinent
line---this highlights the anchor position.

@ssindex -open symbols
@ssindex -close symbols
@ssindex -block-intro symbols
The syntactic symbols which indicate brace constructs follow a general
naming convention.  When a line begins with an open or close brace,
its syntactic symbol will contain the suffix @code{-open} or
@code{-close} respectively.  The first line within the brace block
construct will contain the suffix @code{-block-intro}.

@ssindex -intro symbols
@ssindex -cont symbols
In constructs which can span several lines, a distinction is usually
made between the first line that introduces the construct and the
lines that continue it.  The syntactic symbols that indicate these
lines will contain the suffixes @code{-intro} or @code{-cont}
respectively.

The best way to understand how all this works is by looking at some
examples.  Remember that you can see the syntax of any source code
line by using @kbd{C-c C-s}.

@table @code
@item string
Inside a multiline string.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item c
Inside a multiline C style block comment.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item defun-open
Brace that opens a top-level function definition.  @ref{Function
Symbols}.
@item defun-close
Brace that closes a top-level function definition.  @ref{Function
Symbols}.
@item defun-block-intro
The first line in a top-level defun.  @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item class-open
Brace that opens a class definition.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item class-close
Brace that closes a class definition.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inline-open
Brace that opens an in-class inline method.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inline-close
Brace that closes an in-class inline method.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item func-decl-cont
The region between a function definition's argument list and the
function opening brace (excluding K&R argument declarations).  In C,
you cannot put anything but whitespace and comments in this region,
however in C++ and Java, @code{throws} declarations and other things
can appear here.  @ref{Literal Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!!  Can it not
@c go somewhere better?}
@item knr-argdecl-intro
First line of a K&R C argument declaration.  @ref{K&R Symbols}.
@item knr-argdecl
Subsequent lines in a K&R C argument declaration.  @ref{K&R Symbols}.
@item topmost-intro
The first line in a ``topmost'' definition.  @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item topmost-intro-cont
Topmost definition continuation lines.  This is only used in the parts
that aren't covered by other symbols such as @code{func-decl-cont} and
@code{knr-argdecl}.  @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item member-init-intro
First line in a member initialization list.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item member-init-cont
Subsequent member initialization list lines.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inher-intro
First line of a multiple inheritance list.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inher-cont
Subsequent multiple inheritance lines.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item block-open
Statement block open brace.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item block-close
Statement block close brace.  @ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item brace-list-open
Open brace of an enum or static array list.  @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-close
Close brace of an enum or static array list.  @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-intro
First line in an enum or static array list.  @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-entry
Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list.  @ref{Brace List
Symbols}.
@item brace-entry-open
Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list where the line begins
with an open brace.  @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item statement
A statement.  @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item statement-cont
A continuation of a statement.  @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item statement-block-intro
The first line in a new statement block.  @ref{Conditional Construct
Symbols}.
@item statement-case-intro
The first line in a case block.  @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
@item statement-case-open
The first line in a case block that starts with a brace.  @ref{Switch
Statement Symbols}.
@item substatement
The first line after a conditional or loop construct.
@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item substatement-open
The brace that opens a substatement block.  @ref{Conditional Construct
Symbols}.
@item substatement-label
The first line after a conditional or loop construct if it's a label.
@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item case-label
A label in a @code{switch} block.  @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
@item access-label
C++ access control label.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item label
Any other label.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item do-while-closure
The @code{while} line that ends a @code{do}-@code{while} construct.
@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item else-clause
The @code{else} line of an @code{if}-@code{else} construct.
@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item catch-clause
The @code{catch} or @code{finally} (in Java) line of a
@code{try}-@code{catch} construct.  @ref{Conditional Construct
Symbols}.
@item comment-intro
A line containing only a comment introduction.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item arglist-intro
The first line in an argument list.  @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-cont
Subsequent argument list lines when no arguments follow on the same
line as the arglist opening paren.  @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-cont-nonempty
Subsequent argument list lines when at least one argument follows on
the same line as the arglist opening paren.  @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-close
The solo close paren of an argument list.  @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item stream-op
Lines continuing a stream operator (C++ only).  @ref{Literal
Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!!  Can this not be moved somewhere better?}
@item inclass
The line is nested inside a class definition.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item cpp-macro
The start of a preprocessor macro definition.  @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item cpp-define-intro
The first line inside a multiline preproprocessor macro if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is set.  @ref{Multiline Macro
Symbols}.
@item cpp-macro-cont
All lines inside multiline preprocessor macros if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil}.
@ref{Multiline Macro Symbols}.
@item friend
A C++ friend declaration.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item objc-method-intro
The first line of an Objective-C method definition.  @ref{Objective-C
Method Symbols}.
@item objc-method-args-cont
Lines continuing an Objective-C method definition.  @ref{Objective-C
Method Symbols}.
@item objc-method-call-cont
Lines continuing an Objective-C method call.  @ref{Objective-C Method
Symbols}.
@item extern-lang-open
Brace that opens an @code{extern} block (e.g. @code{extern "C"
@{...@}}).  @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item extern-lang-close
Brace that closes an @code{extern} block.  @ref{External Scope
Symbols}.
@item inextern-lang
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside
@code{extern} blocks.  @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item namespace-open
@itemx namespace-close
@itemx innamespace
These are analogous to the three @code{extern-lang} symbols above, but
are returned for C++ namespace blocks.  @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item module-open
@itemx module-close
@itemx inmodule
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA IDL @code{module} blocks.
@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item composition-open
@itemx composition-close
@itemx incomposition
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA CIDL @code{composition} blocks.
@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item template-args-cont
C++ template argument list continuations.  @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inlambda
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside lambda
(i.e. anonymous) functions.  Only used in Pike mode.  @ref{Statement
Block Symbols}.
@item lambda-intro-cont
Lines continuing the header of a lambda function, i.e. between the
@code{lambda} keyword and the function body.  Only used in Pike mode.
@ref{Statement Block Symbols}.
@item inexpr-statement
A statement block inside an expression.  The gcc C and C++ extension
for this is recognized.  It's also used for the special functions that
take a statement block as an argument in Pike.  @ref{Statement Block
Symbols}.
@item inexpr-class
A class definition inside an expression.  This is used for anonymous
classes in Java.  It's also used for anonymous array initializers in
Java.  @ref{Anonymous Class Symbol}.
@end table

@menu
* Function Symbols::            
* Class Symbols::               
* Conditional Construct Symbols::  
* Switch Statement Symbols::    
* Brace List Symbols::          
* External Scope Symbols::      
* Paren List Symbols::          
* Literal Symbols::             
* Multiline Macro Symbols::     
* Objective-C Method Symbols::  
* Anonymous Class Symbol::      
* Statement Block Symbols::     
* K&R Symbols::                 
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Function Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Function Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

This example shows a typical function declaration.

@example
 1: void
 2: swap( int& a, int& b )
 3: @{

top-level construct introduction so it has the syntax
@code{topmost-intro-cont}.  Line 3 shows a @code{defun-open} since it is
the brace that opens a top-level function definition.  Line 9 is the
corresponding
@code{defun-close} since it contains the brace that closes the top-level
function definition.  Line 4 is a @code{defun-block-intro}, i.e. it is
the first line of a brace-block, enclosed in a
top-level function definition.

@ssindex statement
@ssindex statement-cont
Lines 5, 6, and 7 are all given @code{statement} syntax since there
isn't much special about them.  Note however that line 8 is given
@code{statement-cont} syntax since it continues the statement begun
on the previous line.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Class Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Function Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Class related Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here's an example which illustrates some C++ class syntactic symbols:

@example
 1: class Bass
 2:     : public Guitar,
 3:       public Amplifiable

@example
((inclass 58) (topmost-intro 380) (friend))
@end example

The @code{friend} and @code{inline-open} syntactic symbols are
modifiers that do not have anchor positions.

@ssindex template-args-cont
Template definitions introduce yet another syntactic symbol:

@example
 1: ThingManager <int,
 2:    Framework::Callback *,

@end example

Here, line 1 is analyzed as a @code{topmost-intro}, but lines 2 and 3
are both analyzed as @code{template-args-cont} lines.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Conditional Construct Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Conditional Construct Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here is a (totally contrived) example which illustrates how syntax is
assigned to various conditional constructs:

@example
 1: void spam( int index )
 2: @{
 3:     for( int i=0; i<index; i++ )

@end example

Only the lines that illustrate new syntactic symbols will be discussed.

@ssindex substatement-open
@ssindex statement-block-intro
@ssindex block-close
Line 4 has a brace which opens a conditional's substatement block.  It
is thus assigned @code{substatement-open} syntax, and since line 5 is
the first line in the substatement block, it is assigned
@code{statement-block-intro} syntax.  Line 10 contains the brace
that closes the inner substatement block, and is therefore given the
syntax @code{block-close}@footnote{@code{block-open} is used only for
``free-standing'' blocks, and is somewhat rare (@pxref{Literal
Symbols} for an example.)}.  Line 13 is treated the same way.

@ssindex substatement
Lines 6 and 9 are also substatements of conditionals, but since they
don't start blocks they are given @code{substatement} syntax
instead of @code{substatement-open}.

The @code{while} construct on line 14 that closes a @code{do}
conditional is given the special syntax @code{do-while-closure} if it
appears on a line by itself.  Note that if the @code{while} appeared on
the same line as the preceding close brace, that line would still have
@code{block-close} syntax.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Switch Statement Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Switch Statement Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Switch statements have their own set of syntactic symbols.  Here's an
example:

@example

Here, lines 4, 7, and 10 are all assigned @code{case-label} syntax,
while lines 5 and 8 are assigned @code{statement-case-intro}.  Line 11
is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a
block --- it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Brace List Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Brace List Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex brace lists
There are a set of syntactic symbols that are used to recognize
constructs inside of brace lists.  A brace list is defined as an
@code{enum} or aggregate initializer list, such as might statically
initialize an array of structs.  The three special aggregate constructs

line that starts with an open brace.  Lines 5 and 6 (and line 9) are
pretty standard, and line 7 is a @code{brace-list-close} as you'd
expect.  Once again, line 8 is assigned as @code{brace-entry-open} as is
line 10.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    External Scope Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection External Scope Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

External language definition blocks also have their own syntactic
symbols.  In this example:

@example
 1: extern "C"

where @code{inextern-lang} is a modifier similar in purpose to
@code{inclass}.

There are various other top level blocks like @code{extern}, and they
are all treated in the same way except that the symbols are named after
the keyword that introduces the block.  E.g. C++ namespace blocks get
the three symbols @code{namespace-open}, @code{namespace-close} and
@code{innamespace}.  The currently recognized top level blocks are:

@table @asis
@item @code{extern-lang-open}, @code{extern-lang-close}, @code{inextern-lang}

@ssindex composition-open
@ssindex composition-close
@ssindex incomposition
@code{composition} blocks in CORBA CIDL.
@end table

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Paren List Symbols, Literal Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Parenthesis (Argument) List Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

A number of syntactic symbols are associated with parenthesis lists,
a.k.a argument lists, as found in function declarations and function
calls.  This example illustrates these:

parenthesis that opens the list is @emph{not empty} following the open
parenthesis.  Contrast this against lines 6 and 13 which are assigned
@code{arglist-cont} syntax.  This is because the parenthesis that opens
their argument lists is the last character on that line.

Syntactic elements with @code{arglist-intro},
@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, and @code{arglist-close} contain two
buffer positions: the anchor position (the beginning of the
declaration or statement) and the position of the open parenthesis.
The latter position can be used in a line-up function (@pxref{Line-Up
Functions}).

Note that there is no @code{arglist-open} syntax.  This is because any
parenthesis that opens an argument list, appearing on a separate line,
is assigned the @code{statement-cont} syntax instead.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Literal Symbols, Multiline Macro Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Comment String Label and Macro Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

A few miscellaneous syntactic symbols that haven't been previously
covered are illustrated by this C++ example:

@example

Line 2 is assigned the @code{func-decl-cont} syntax.

@item
@ssindex comment-intro
Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and}
@code{comment-intro} syntax.  A syntactic element with
@code{comment-intro} has no anchor point --- It is always accompanied
by another syntactic element which does have one.

@item
@ssindex c
Line 5 is assigned @code{c} syntax.

@ssindex label
Line 10 is assigned @code{label} syntax.

@item
@ssindex block-open
Line 11 is assigned @code{block-open} as well as @code{statement}
syntax.  A @code{block-open} syntactic element doesn't have an anchor
position, since it always appears with another syntactic element which
does have one.

@item
@ssindex cpp-macro
Lines 12 and 14 are assigned @code{cpp-macro} syntax in addition to the
normal syntactic symbols (@code{statement-block-intro} and
@code{statement}, respectively).  Normally @code{cpp-macro} is
configured to cancel out the normal syntactic context to make all
preprocessor directives stick to the first column, but that's easily
changed if you want preprocessor directives to be indented like the rest
of the code.  Like @code{comment-intro}, a syntactic element with
@code{cpp-macro} doesn't contain an anchor position.

@item
@ssindex stream-op
Line 17 is assigned @code{stream-op} syntax.
@end itemize

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Multiline Macro Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Literal Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Multiline Macro Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex multiline macros
@cindex syntactic whitespace
@ssindex cpp-define-intro
@ssindex cpp-macro-cont
Multiline preprocessor macro definitions are normally handled just like
other code, i.e. the lines inside them are indented according to the
syntactic analysis of the preceding lines inside the macro.  The first
line inside a macro definition (i.e. the line after the starting line of
the cpp directive itself) gets @code{cpp-define-intro}.  In this example:

@example
 1: #define LIST_LOOP(cons, listp)                         \
 2:   for (cons = listp; !NILP (cons); cons = XCDR (cons)) \

@noindent
line 1 is given the syntactic symbol @code{cpp-macro}.  The first line
of a cpp directive is always given that symbol.  Line 2 is given
@code{cpp-define-intro}, so that you can give the macro body as a whole
some extra indentation.  Lines 3 through 5 are then analyzed as normal
code, i.e. @code{substatement} on lines 3 and 4, and @code{else-clause}
on line 5.

The syntactic analysis inside macros can be turned off with
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} (@pxref{Custom Macros}).  In
that case, lines 2 through 5 would all be given @code{cpp-macro-cont}
with an anchor position pointing to the @code{#} which starts the cpp
directive@footnote{This is how @ccmode{} 5.28 and earlier analyzed
macros.}.

@xref{Custom Macros}, for more info about the treatment of macros.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Objective-C Method Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Multiline Macro Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Objective-C Method Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

In Objective-C buffers, there are three additional syntactic symbols
assigned to various message calling constructs.  Here's an example
illustrating these:

@ssindex objc-method-call-cont
Here, line 1 is assigned @code{objc-method-intro} syntax, and line 2 is
assigned @code{objc-method-args-cont} syntax.  Lines 5 and 6 are both
assigned @code{objc-method-call-cont} syntax.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Anonymous Class Symbol, Statement Block Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Anonymous Class Symbol (Java)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Java has a concept of anonymous classes which can look something like
this:

@example
 1: public void watch(Observable o) @{
 2:     o.addObserver(new Observer() @{

@ssindex inexpr-class
The brace following the @code{new} operator opens the anonymous class.
Lines 3 and 6 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
@code{inclass} symbol used in normal classes.  Thus, the class will be
indented just like a normal class, with the added indentation given to
@code{inexpr-class}.  An @code{inexpr-class} syntactic element doesn't
have an anchor position.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Statement Block Symbols, K&R Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Statement Block Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

There are a few occasions where a statement block might be used inside
an expression.  One is in C or C++ code using the gcc extension for
this, e.g:

@example
 1: int res = (@{
 2:         int y = foo (); int z;
 3:         if (y > 0) z = y; else z = - y;

@ssindex inexpr-statement
Lines 2 and 5 get the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, besides the
symbols they'd get in a normal block.  Therefore, the indentation put on
@code{inexpr-statement} is added to the normal statement block
indentation.  An @code{inexpr-statement} syntactic element doesn't
contain an anchor position.

In Pike code, there are a few other situations where blocks occur inside
statements, as illustrated here:

@example

as its argument.  The block is handled as an in-expression statement
with the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, just like the gcc extended C
example above.  The other similar special function, @code{gauge}, is
handled like this too.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    K&R Symbols,  , Statement Block Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection K&R Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ssindex knr-argdecl-intro
@ssindex knr-argdecl
Two other syntactic symbols can appear in old style, non-prototyped C
code @footnote{a.k.a. K&R C, or Kernighan & Ritchie C}:

 7: @}
@end example

Here, line 2 is the first line in an argument declaration list and so is
given the @code{knr-argdecl-intro} syntactic symbol.  Subsequent lines
(i.e. lines 3 and 4 in this example), are given @code{knr-argdecl}
syntax.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Indentation Calculation,  , Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Indentation Calculation
@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Indentation for a line is calculated from the syntactic context
(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).

First, a buffer position is found whose column will be the base for the
indentation calculation.  It's the anchor position in the first
syntactic element that provides one that is used.  If no syntactic
element has an anchor position then column zero is used.

Second, the syntactic symbols in each syntactic element are looked up
in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable
(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}), which is an association list of syntactic
symbols and the offsets to apply for those symbols.  These offsets are
added together with the base column to produce the new indentation
column.

Let's use our two code examples above to see how this works.  Here is
our first example again:

@example
 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
 2: @{
 3:     int tmp = a;
 4:     a = b;
 5:     b = tmp;
 6: @}
@end example

Let's say point is on line 3 and we hit the @kbd{TAB} key to reindent
the line.  The syntactic context for that line is:

@example
((defun-block-intro 29))
@end example

@noindent
Since buffer position 29 is the first and only anchor position in the
list, @ccmode{} goes there and asks for the current column.  This brace
is in column zero, so @ccmode{} uses @samp{0} as the base column.

Next, @ccmode{} looks up @code{defun-block-intro} in the
@code{c-offsets-alist} style variable.  Let's say it finds the value
@samp{4}; it adds this to the base column @samp{0}, yielding a running
total indentation of 4 spaces.

Since there is only one syntactic element on the list for this line,
indentation calculation is complete, and the total indentation for the
line is 4 spaces.

Here's another example:

@example
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:     if( doit )
 4:         @{
 5:             return( val + incr );
 6:         @}
 7:     return( val );
 8: @}
@end example

If we were to hit @kbd{TAB} on line 4 in the above example, the same
basic process is performed, despite the differences in the syntactic
context.  The context for this line is:

@example
((substatement-open 46))
@end example

Here, @ccmode{} goes to buffer position 46, which is the @samp{i} in
@code{if} on line 3.  This character is in the fourth column on that
line so the base column is @samp{4}.  Then @ccmode{} looks up the
@code{substatement-open} symbol in @code{c-offsets-alist}.  Let's say it
finds the value @samp{4}.  It's added with the base column and yields an
indentation for the line of 8 spaces.

Simple, huh?

Actually, it's a bit more complicated than that since the entries on
@code{c-offsets-alist} can be much more than plain offsets.
@xref{c-offsets-alist}, for the full story.

Anyway, the mode usually just does The Right Thing without you having to
think about it in this much detail.  But when customizing indentation,
it's helpful to understand the general indentation model being used.

As you configure @ccmode{}, you might want to set the variable
@code{c-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
syntactic context and calculated offset always is echoed in the
minibuffer when you hit @kbd{TAB}.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Customizing Indentation, Custom Macros, Indentation Engine Basics, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Customizing Indentation
@cindex customization, indentation
@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The principal variable for customizing indentation is the style
variable @code{c-offsets-alist}, which gives an @dfn{offset} (an
indentation rule) for each syntactic symbol.  Its structure and
semantics are completely described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.  The
various ways you can set the variable, including the use of the
@ccmode{} style system, are described in @ref{Config Basics} and its
sections, in particular @ref{Style Variables}.

The simplest and most used kind of ``offset'' setting in
@code{c-offsets-alist} is in terms of multiples of
@code{c-basic-offset}:

@defopt c-basic-offset
@vindex basic-offset (c-)
This style variable holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
It's factory default is 4, but all the built-in styles set it
themselves, to some value between 2 (for @code{gnu} style) and 8 (for
@code{bsd}, @code{linux}, and @code{python} styles).
@end defopt

The most flexible ``offset'' setting you can make in
@code{c-offsets-alist} is a line-up function (or even a list of them),
either one supplied by @ccmode{} (@pxref{Line-Up Functions}) or one
you write yourself (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).

Finally, in @ref{Other Indentation} you'll find the tool of last
resort: a hook which is called after a line has been indented.  You
can install functions here to make ad-hoc adjustments to any line's
indentation.

@menu
* c-offsets-alist::             
* Interactive Customization::   
* Line-Up Functions::           
* Custom Line-Up::              
* Other Indentation::           
@end menu


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    c-offsets-alist, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section c-offsets-alist
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

This section explains the structure and semantics of the style
variable @code{c-offset-alist}, the principal variable for configuring
indentation.  Details of how to set it up, and its relationship to
@ccmode{}'s style system are given in @ref{Style Variables}.

@defopt c-offsets-alist
@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
This is an alist which associates an offset with each syntactic
symbol.  This @dfn{offset} is a rule specifying how to indent a line
whose syntactic context matches the symbol.  @xref{Syntactic
Analysis}.

Note that the buffer-local binding of this alist in a @ccmode{} buffer
contains an entry for @emph{every} syntactic symbol.  Its global
binding and its settings within style specifications usually contain
only a few entries.  @xref{Style Variables}.

The offset specification associated with any particular syntactic
symbol can be an integer, a variable name, a vector, a function or
lambda expression, a list, or one of the following special symbols:
@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}.  The
meanings of these values are described in detail below.

Here is an example fragment of a @code{c-offsets-alist}, showing some
of these kinds of offsets:

@example
((statement . 0)
 (substatement . +)
 (cpp-macro . [0])
 (topmost-intro-cont . c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont)
 (statement-block-intro . (add c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
                               c-indent-multi-line-block))
 @dots{}
@*)
@end example
@end defopt

@deffn Command c-set-offset (@kbd{C-c C-o})
@findex set-offset (c-)
@kindex C-c C-o
This command changes the entry for a syntactic symbol in the current
binding of @code{c-offsets-alist}, or it inserts a new entry if there
isn't already one for that syntactic symbol.

You can use @code{c-set-offsets} interactively within a @ccmode{}
buffer to make experimental changes to your indentation settings.
@kbd{C-c C-o} prompts you for the syntactic symbol to change
(defaulting to that of the current line) and the new offset
(defaulting to the current offset).

@code{c-set-offsets} takes two arguments when used programmatically:
@var{symbol}, the syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset},
the new offset for that syntactic element.  You can call the command
in your @file{.emacs} to change the global binding of
@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{Style Variables}); you can use it in a
hook function to make changes from the current style.  @ccmode{}
itself uses this function when initializing styles.
@end deffn

@cindex offset specification
The ``offset specifications'' in @code{c-offsets-alist} can be any of
the following:

@table @asis
@item An integer
The integer specifies a relative offset.  All relative
offsets@footnote{The syntactic context @code{@w{((defun-block-intro
2724) (comment-intro))}} would likely have two relative offsets.} will
be added together and used to calculate the indentation relative to an
anchor position earlier in the buffer.  @xref{Indentation
Calculation}, for details.  Most of the time, it's probably better to
use one of the special symbols like @code{+} than an integer (apart
from zero).

@item One of the symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}
These special symbols describe a relative offset in multiples of
@code{c-basic-offset}:

By defining a style's indentation in terms of @code{c-basic-offset},
you can change the amount of whitespace given to an indentation level
while maintaining the same basic shape of your code.  Here are the
values that the special symbols correspond to:

@table @code
@item +
@code{c-basic-offset} times 1
@item -
@code{c-basic-offset} times -1
@item ++
@code{c-basic-offset} times 2
@item --
@code{c-basic-offset} times -2
@item *
@code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5
@item /
@code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5
@end table

@item A vector
The first element of the vector, an integer, sets the absolute
indentation column.  This will override any previously calculated
indentation, but won't override relative indentation calculated from
syntactic elements later on in the syntactic context of the line being
indented.  @xref{Indentation Calculation}.  Any elements in the vector
beyond the first will be ignored.

@item A function or lambda expression
The function will be called and its return value will in turn be
evaluated as an offset specification.  Functions are useful when more
context than just the syntactic symbol is needed to get the desired
indentation.  @xref{Line-Up Functions}, and @ref{Custom Line-Up}, for
details about them.

@item A symbol with a variable binding
If the symbol also has a function binding, the function takes
precedence over the variable.  Otherwise the value of the variable is
used.  It must be an integer (which is used as relative offset) or a
vector (an absolute offset).

@item A list
The offset can also be a list containing several offset
specifications; these are evaluated recursively and combined.  A list
is typically only useful when some of the offsets are line-up
functions.  A common strategy is calling a sequence of functions in
turn until one of them recognizes that it is appropriate for the
source line and returns a non-@code{nil} value.

@code{nil} values are always ignored when the offsets are combined.
The first element of the list specifies the method of combining the
non-@code{nil} offsets from the remaining elements:

@table @code
@item first
Use the first offset that doesn't evaluate to @code{nil}.  Subsequent
elements of the list don't get evaluated.
@item min
Use the minimum of all the offsets.  All must be either relative or
absolute - they can't be mixed.
@item max
Use the maximum of all the offsets.  All must be either relative or
absolute - they can't be mixed.
@item add
Add all the evaluated offsets together.  Exactly one of them may be
absolute, in which case the result is absolute.  Any relative offsets
that preceded the absolute one in the list will be ignored in that case.
@end table

As a compatibility measure, if the first element is none of the above
then it too will be taken as an offset specification and the whole list
will be combined according to the method @code{first}.
@end table

@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-)
If an offset specification evaluates to @code{nil}, then a relative
offset of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that when set to non-@code{nil} will cause an
error to be signaled in that case.  It's now considered obsolete since
it doesn't work well with some of the alignment functions that returns
@code{nil} instead of zero.  You should therefore leave
@code{c-strict-syntax-p} set to @code{nil}.}.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Interactive Customization, Line-Up Functions, c-offsets-alist, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Interactive Customization
@cindex customization, interactive
@cindex interactive customization
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

As an example of how to customize indentation, let's change the
style of this example@footnote{In this and subsequent examples, the
original code is formatted using the @samp{gnu} style unless otherwise
indicated.  @xref{Styles}.}:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:     @{
 5:       return( val + incr );
 6:     @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
to:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:   @{
 5:     return( val + incr );
 6:   @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

In other words, we want to change the indentation of braces that open a
block following a condition so that the braces line up under the
conditional, instead of being indented.  Notice that the construct we
want to change starts on line 4.  To change the indentation of a line,
we need to see which syntactic symbols affect the offset calculations
for that line.  Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 yields:

@example
((substatement-open 44))
@end example

@noindent
so we know that to change the offset of the open brace, we need to
change the indentation for the @code{substatement-open} syntactic
symbol.

To do this interactively, just hit @kbd{C-c C-o}.  This prompts
you for the syntactic symbol to change, providing a reasonable default.
In this case, the default is @code{substatement-open}, which is just the
syntactic symbol we want to change!

After you hit return, @ccmode{} will then prompt you for the new
offset value, with the old value as the default.  The default in this
case is @samp{+}, but we want no extra indentation so enter
@samp{0} and @kbd{RET}.  This will associate the offset 0 with the
syntactic symbol @code{substatement-open}.

To check your changes quickly, just hit @kbd{C-c C-q}
(@code{c-indent-defun}) to reindent the entire function.  The example
should now look like:

@example
@group
 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
 2: @{
 3:   if( doit )
 4:   @{
 5:     return( val + incr );
 6:   @}
 7:   return( val );
 8: @}
@end group
@end example

Notice how just changing the open brace offset on line 4 is all we
needed to do.  Since the other affected lines are indented relative to
line 4, they are automatically indented the way you'd expect.  For more
complicated examples, this might not always work.  The general approach
to take is to always start adjusting offsets for lines higher up in the
file, then reindent and see if any following lines need further
adjustments.

@c Move this bit to "Styles" (2005/10/7)
@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
@findex set-offset (c-)
@kindex C-c C-o
This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}.  It provides a convenient
way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
the example above) and from your mode hook.

It takes two arguments when used programmatically: @var{symbol} is the
syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset} is the new offset
for that syntactic element.
@end deffn
@c End of MOVE THIS BIT.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Line-Up Functions, Custom Line-Up, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@cindex line-up function
@cindex indentation function
Often there are cases when a simple offset setting on a syntactic
symbol isn't enough to get the desired indentation---for example, you
might want to line up a closing parenthesis with the matching opening
one rather than indenting relative to its ``anchor point''.  @ccmode{}
provides this flexibility with @dfn{line-up functions}.

The way you associate a line-up function with a syntactic symbol is
described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.  @ccmode{} comes with many
predefined line-up functions for common situations.  If none of these
does what you want, you can write your own.  @xref{Custom Line-Up}.
Sometimes, it is easier to tweak the standard indentation by adding a
function to @code{c-special-indent-hook} (@pxref{Other Indentation}).

The line-up functions haven't been adapted for AWK buffers or tested
with them.  Some of them might work serendipitously.  There shouldn't be
any problems writing custom line-up functions for AWK mode.

The calling convention for line-up functions is described fully in
@ref{Custom Line-Up}.  Roughly speaking, the return value is either an
offset itself (such as @code{+} or @code{[0]}) or it's @code{nil},
meaning ``this function is inappropriate in this case - try a
different one''.  @xref{c-offsets-alist}.

The subsections below describe all the standard line-up functions,
categorized by the sort of token the lining-up centres around.  For
each of these functions there is a ``works with'' list that indicates
which syntactic symbols the function is intended to be used with.

@macro workswith
@emph{Works with:@ }
@end macro

@macro hereFn{func}
<-@i{\func\}@c
@end macro
@end iftex

@menu
* Brace/Paren Line-Up::         
* List Line-Up::                
* Operator Line-Up::            
* Comment Line-Up::             
* Misc Line-Up::                
@end menu

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Brace/Paren Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions, Line-Up Functions
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Brace and Parenthesis Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for braces,
parentheses and statements within brace blocks.

@defun c-lineup-close-paren
@findex lineup-close-paren (c-)
Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
open paren is followed by code.  If the open paren ends its line, no
indentation is added.  E.g:

@example
@group
main (int,
      char **
     )                @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
main (
    int, char **
)                     @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example

As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} instead of the open paren column.  See
@code{c-lineup-arglist} for further discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.

@workswith All @code{*-close} symbols.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@anchor{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}
@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren
@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren (c-)
Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function
so that parentheses that close argument lists will line up under the
parenthesis that opened the argument list.  It can also be used with
@code{arglist-cont} and @code{arglist-cont-nonempty} to line up all
lines inside a parenthesis under the open paren.

As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} only.  See @code{c-lineup-arglist} for further
discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.

@workswith Almost all symbols, but are typically most useful on
@code{arglist-close}, @code{brace-list-close}, @code{arglist-cont} and
@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-indent-one-line-block
@findex indent-one-line-block (c-)
Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra.  E.g:

@code{-open} symbols.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-)
Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
style doesn't really work too well.  You might need to write your own
custom line-up functions to better support this style.}.  E.g:

@example
@group
int main()
@{ puts ("Hello!");
  return 0;           @hereFn{c-lineup-runin-statements}
@}
@end group
@end example

If there is no statement after the opening brace to align with,
@code{nil} is returned.  This makes the function usable in list
expressions.

@workswith The @code{statement} syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-)
This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
whole block to the column where the construct is started.  E.g. for Java
anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
and in Pike it lines up the lambda function body under the @samp{lambda}
keyword.  Returns @code{nil} if the block isn't part of such a
construct.

@workswith @code{inlambda}, @code{inexpr-statement},
@code{inexpr-class}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks
@findex lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks (c-)
Compensate for Whitesmith style indentation of blocks.  Due to the way
@ccmode{} calculates anchor positions for normal lines inside blocks,
this function is necessary for those lines to get correct Whitesmith
style indentation.  Consider the following examples:

@example
@group
int foo()
    @{
    a;
    x;                 @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
@end group
@end example

@example
@group
int foo()
    @{
        @{
        a;
        @}
    x;                 @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
@end group
@end example

The fact that the line with @code{x} is preceded by a Whitesmith style
indented block in the latter case and not the first should not affect
its indentation.  But since CC Mode in cases like this uses the
indentation of the preceding statement as anchor position, the @code{x}
would in the second case be indented too much if the offset for
@code{statement} was set simply to zero.

This lineup function corrects for this situation by detecting if the
anchor position is at an open paren character.  In that case, it instead
indents relative to the surrounding block just like
@code{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}.

@workswith @code{brace-list-entry}, @code{brace-entry-open},
@code{statement}, @code{arglist-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-)
Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style.  It's done in a way
that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't.  E.g:

@example
@group
something
    @{
    foo;              @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
    @}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
something @{
    foo;              @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
    @}
@sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

In the first case the indentation is kept unchanged, in the second
@code{c-basic-offset} is added.

@workswith @code{defun-close}, @code{defun-block-intro},
@code{inline-close}, @code{block-close}, @code{brace-list-close},
@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-block-intro},
@code{arglist-intro}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty},
@code{arglist-close}, and all @code{in*} symbols, e.g. @code{inclass}
and @code{inextern-lang}.
@end defun

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    List Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Brace/Paren Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection List Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
form lists of items, usually separated by commas.

The function @ref{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}, which is mainly
for indenting a close parenthesis, is also useful for the lines
contained within parentheses.

@defun c-lineup-arglist
@findex lineup-arglist (c-)
Line up the current argument line under the first argument.

As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
parenthesis starts with a brace block opener, the indentation is
@code{c-basic-offset} only.  This is intended as a ``DWIM'' measure in
cases like macros that contain statement blocks, e.g:

@example
@group
A_VERY_LONG_MACRO_NAME (@{
        some (code, with + long, lines * in[it]);

@code{arglist-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-)
Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
initializers under each other.  E.g:

@example
@group
Foo::Foo (int a, int b):
    Cyphr (a),
    Bar (b)           @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
class Foo
    : public Cyphr,
      public Bar      @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
    : Cyphr (a)
    , Bar (b)         @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{inher-cont}, @code{member-init-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-java-inher
@findex lineup-java-inher (c-)
Line up Java implements and extends declarations.  If class names
follow on the same line as the @samp{implements}/@samp{extends}
keyword, they are lined up under each other.  Otherwise, they are
indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the column of the keyword.
E.g:

@example
@group
class Foo
    extends
        Bar           @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
    @sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
class Foo
    extends Cyphr,
            Bar       @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{inher-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-java-throws
@findex lineup-java-throws (c-)
Line up Java throws declarations.  If exception names follow on the
same line as the throws keyword, they are lined up under each other.
Otherwise, they are indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the
column of the @samp{throws} keyword.  The @samp{throws} keyword itself
is also indented by @code{c-basic-offset} from the function declaration
start if it doesn't hang.  E.g:

@example
@group
int foo()
    throws            @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
        Bar           @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
@sssTsssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example

@noindent
and

@example
@group
int foo() throws Cyphr,
                 Bar,    @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
                 Vlod    @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
@end group
@end example

@workswith @code{func-decl-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-template-args
@findex lineup-template-args (c-)
Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
opening @samp{<}.

To allow this function to be used in a list expression, @code{nil} is
returned if there's no template argument on the first line.

@workswith @code{template-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-)
For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
c-basic-offset columns from the opening bracket; otherwise you are
looking at the first character of the first method call argument, so
lineup the current line with it.

@workswith @code{objc-method-call-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-)
For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args.  The colon
on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.

@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-)
Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
the current line with the colon on the previous line.

@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
@end defun

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Operator Line-Up, Comment Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Operator Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
start with an operator, by lining it up with something on the previous
line.

@defun c-lineup-argcont
@findex lineup-argcont (c-)
Line up a continued argument.  E.g:

@example
@group
foo (xyz, aaa + bbb + ccc
          + ddd + eee + fff);  @hereFn{c-lineup-argcont}
@end group
@end example

Only continuation lines like this are touched, @code{nil} is returned on
lines which are the start of an argument.

Within a gcc @code{asm} block, @code{:} is recognised as an argument
separator, but of course only between operand specifications, not in the
expressions for the operands.

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-)
Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
those cases to other line-up functions.  Example:

@example
@group
if (  x < 10
   || at_limit (x,     @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators}

@end group
@end example

Since this function doesn't do anything for lines without an infix
operator you typically want to use it together with some other lineup
settings, e.g. as follows (the @code{arglist-close} setting is just a
suggestion to get a consistent style):

@example
(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont
              '(c-lineup-arglist-operators 0))

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-assignments
@findex lineup-assignments (c-)
Line up the current line after the assignment operator on the first line
in the statement.  If there isn't any, return nil to allow stacking with
other line-up functions.  If the current line contains an assignment
operator too, try to align it with the first one.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.

@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-math
@findex lineup-math (c-)
Like @code{c-lineup-assignments} but indent with @code{c-basic-offset}
if no assignment operator was found on the first line.  I.e. this
function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments
+)}.  It's provided for compatibility with old configurations.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-)
Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other.  If the line begins with
@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
with the first of those tokens.  E.g:

@example
@group
r = proc->add(17)->add(18)
        ->add(19) +         @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls}
  offset;                   @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls@r{ (inactive)}}
@end group
@end example

In any other situation @code{nil} is returned to allow use in list
expressions.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-streamop
@findex lineup-streamop (c-)
Line up C++ stream operators (i.e. @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).

@workswith @code{stream-op}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-string-cont
@findex lineup-string-cont (c-)
Line up a continued string under the one it continues.  A continued
string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
another one.  E.g:

@example
@group
result = prefix + "A message "
                  "string.";    @hereFn{c-lineup-string-cont}
@end group
@end example

@code{nil} is returned in other situations, to allow stacking with other
lineup functions.

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Comment Line-Up, Misc Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Comment Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The lineup functions here calculate the indentation for several types
of comment structure.

@defun c-lineup-C-comments
@findex lineup-C-comments (c-)
Line up C block comment continuation lines.  Various heuristics are used
to handle most of the common comment styles.  Some examples:

**************************************************/
@end group
@end example

The style variable @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} is used to recognize
the comment line prefix, e.g. the @samp{*} that usually starts every
line inside a comment.

@workswith The @code{c} syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-comment

@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-)
Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration.  That is
the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
block.  E.g:

@example
@group
int main()
/* Called at startup. */  @hereFn{c-lineup-knr-region-comment}
@{
  return 0;
@}
@end group
@end example

Return @code{nil} if called in any other situation, to be useful in list
expressions.

@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Misc Line-Up,  , Comment Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection Miscellaneous Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The line-up functions here are the odds and ends which didn't fit into
any earlier category.

@defun c-lineup-dont-change
@findex lineup-dont-change (c-)
This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.

@workswith Any syntactic symbol.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-)
Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
construct preceding the macro.  E.g:

@end group
@end example

If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is non-@code{nil}, the
function returns the relative indentation to the macro start line to
allow accumulation with other offsets.  E.g. in the following cases,
@code{cpp-define-intro} is combined with the
@code{statement-block-intro} that comes from the @samp{do @{} that hangs
on the @samp{#define} line:

@example

preceding nonempty line in the macro.  If there's no such line in the
macro then the indentation is taken from the construct preceding it, as
described above.

@workswith @code{cpp-define-intro}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg

@example
(c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist)
@end example

@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun

@comment ------------------------------------------------------------

@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont

@end example

@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}.
@end defun

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Line-Up, Other Indentation, Line-Up Functions, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Custom Line-Up Functions
@cindex customization, indentation functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The most flexible way to customize indentation is by writing custom
line-up functions, and associating them with specific syntactic
symbols (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}).  Depending on the effect you want,
it might be better to write a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function
rather than a line-up function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).

@ccmode{} comes with an extensive set of predefined line-up functions,
not all of which are used by the default styles.  So there's a good
chance the function you want already exists.  @xref{Line-Up
Functions}, for a list of them.  If you write your own line-up
function, it's probably a good idea to start working from one of these
predefined functions, which can be found in the file
@file{cc-align.el}.  If you have written a line-up function that you
think is generally useful, you're very welcome to contribute it;
please contact @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.

   Line-up functions are passed a single argument, the syntactic
element (see below).  The return value is a @code{c-offsets-alist}
offset specification: for example, an integer, a symbol such as
@code{+}, a vector, @code{nil}@footnote{Returning @code{nil} is useful
when the offset specification for a syntactic element is a list
containing the line-up function (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}).}, or even
another line-up function.  Full details of these are in
@ref{c-offsets-alist}.

Line-up functions must not move point or change the content of the
buffer (except temporarily).  They are however allowed to do
@dfn{hidden buffer changes}, i.e. setting text properties for caching
purposes etc.  Buffer undo recording is disabled while they run.

The syntactic element passed as the parameter to a line-up function is
a cons cell of the form

@example
(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{anchor-position}})
@end example

@noindent
@c FIXME!!! The following sentence might be better omitted, since the
@c information is in the cross reference "Syntactic Analysis".  2005/10/2.
where @var{syntactic-symbol} is the symbol that the function was
called for, and @var{anchor-position} is the anchor position (if any)
for the construct that triggered the syntactic symbol
(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).  This cons cell is how the syntactic
element of a line used to be represented in @ccmode{} 5.28 and
earlier.  Line-up functions are still passed this cons cell, so as to
preserve compatibility with older configurations.  In the future, we
may decide to convert to using the full list format---you can prepare
your setup for this by using the access functions
(@code{c-langelem-sym}, etc.)  described below.

@vindex c-syntactic-element
@vindex syntactic-element (c-)
@vindex c-syntactic-context
@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
Some syntactic symbols, e.g. @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more
info in the syntactic element - typically other positions that can be
interesting besides the anchor position.  That info can't be accessed
through the passed argument, which is a cons cell.  Instead, you can
get this information from the variable @code{c-syntactic-element},
which is dynamically bound to the complete syntactic element.  The
variable @code{c-syntactic-context} might also be useful - it gets
dynamically bound to the complete syntactic context.  @xref{Custom
Braces}.

@ccmode{} provides a few functions to access parts of syntactic
elements in a more abstract way.  Besides making the code easier to
read, they also hide the difference between the old cons cell form
used in the line-up function argument and the new list form used in
@code{c-syntactic-element} and everywhere else.  The functions are:

@defun c-langelem-sym langelem
@findex langelem-sym (c-)
Return the syntactic symbol in @var{langelem}.
@end defun

@defun c-langelem-pos langelem
@findex langelem-pos (c-)
Return the anchor position in @var{langelem}, or nil if there is none.
@end defun

@defun c-langelem-col langelem &optional preserve-point
@findex langelem-col (c-)
Return the column of the anchor position in @var{langelem}.  Also move
the point to that position unless @var{preserve-point} is
non-@code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun c-langelem-2nd-pos langelem
@findex langelem-2nd-pos (c-)
Return the secondary position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there
is none.

Note that the return value of this function is always @code{nil} if
@var{langelem} is in the old cons cell form.  Thus this function is
only meaningful when used on syntactic elements taken from
@code{c-syntactic-element} or @code{c-syntactic-context}.
@end defun

Custom line-up functions can be as simple or as complex as you like, and
any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{c-offsets-alist} can have a
custom line-up function associated with it.

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Other Indentation,  , Custom Line-Up, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Other Special Indentations
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:

@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-)
In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation is
imposed on lines inside code blocks.  This minimum indentation is
controlled by this style variable.  The default value is 1.

@findex c-gnu-impose-minimum
@findex gnu-impose-minimum (c-)
It's the function @code{c-gnu-impose-minimum} that enforces this minimum
indentation.  It must be present on @code{c-special-indent-hook} to
work.
@end defopt

@defopt c-special-indent-hook
@vindex special-indent-hook (c-)
This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
every line is indented by @ccmode{}.  It is called only if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is non-@code{nil} (which it is by
default (@pxref{Indentation Engine Basics})).  You can put a function
on this hook to do any special indentation or ad hoc line adjustments
your style dictates, such as adding extra indentation to constructors
or destructor declarations in a class definition, etc.  Sometimes it
is better to write a custom Line-up Function instead (@pxref{Custom
Line-Up}).

When the indentation engine calls this hook, the variable
@code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the current syntactic context
(i.e. what you would get by typing @kbd{C-c C-s} on the source line.
@xref{Custom Braces}.).  Note that you should not change point or mark
inside a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function, i.e. you'll probably
want to wrap your function in a @code{save-excursion}@footnote{The
numerical value returned by @code{point} will change if you change the
indentation of the line within a @code{save-excursion} form, but point
itself will still be over the same piece of text.}.

Setting @code{c-special-indent-hook} in style definitions is handled
slightly differently from other variables---A style can only add
functions to this hook, not remove them.  @xref{Style Variables}.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Custom Macros, Odds and Ends, Customizing Indentation, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Customizing Macros
@cindex macros
@cindex preprocessor directives
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Normally, the lines in a multi-line macro are indented relative to
eachother as though they were code.  You can suppress this behaviour
by setting the following user option:

@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-)
Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default.  If this
is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
@end defopt

@ccmode{} provides some tools to help keep the line continuation
backslashes in macros neat and tidy.  Their precise action is
customized with these variables:

@defopt c-backslash-column
@vindex backslash-column (c-)
@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
@vindex backslash-max-column (c-)
These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
backslashes in multiline macros.  They are used by the functions that
automatically insert or align such backslashes,
e.g. @code{c-backslash-region} and @code{c-context-line-break}.

@code{c-backslash-column} specifies the minimum column for the
backslashes.  If any line in the macro goes past this column, then the
next tab stop (i.e. next multiple of @code{tab-width}) in that line is
used as the alignment column for all the backslashes, so that they
remain in a single column.  However, if any lines go past
@code{c-backslash-max-column} then the backslashes in the rest of the
macro will be kept at that column, so that the lines which are too
long ``stick out'' instead.

Don't ever set these variables to @code{nil}.  If you want to disable
the automatic alignment of backslashes, use
@code{c-auto-align-backslashes}.
@end defopt

@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-)
Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
non-@code{nil}.  When line continuation backslashes are inserted
automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g. by
@code{c-context-line-break}, they are aligned with the other
backslashes in the same macro if this flag is set.

If @code{c-auto-align-backslashes} is @code{nil}, automatically
inserted backslashes are preceded by a single space, and backslashes
get aligned only when you explicitly invoke the command
@code{c-backslash-region} (@kbd{C-c C-\}).
@end defopt

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Odds and Ends, Sample .emacs File, Custom Macros, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Odds and Ends
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The stuff that didn't fit in anywhere else is documented here.

@defopt c-require-final-newline
@vindex require-final-newline (c-)
Controls whether a final newline is enforced when the file is saved.
The value is an association list that for each language mode specifies
the value to give to @code{require-final-newline} (@pxref{Saving
Buffers,,, @lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}) at mode initialization.  If a
language isn't present on the association list, CC Mode won't touch
@code{require-final-newline} in buffers for that language.

The default is to set @code{require-final-newline} to @code{t} in the
languages that mandate that source files should end with newlines.
These are C, C++ and Objective-C.
@end defopt

@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p
@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p (c-)
If non-@code{nil}, the syntactic analysis for the current line is shown

anchoring position to indent the line in that case.
@end defopt


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Sample .emacs File, Performance Issues, Odds and Ends, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Sample .emacs File
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@verbatim
;; Here's a sample .emacs file fragment that might help you along the
;; way.  Just copy this region and paste it into your .emacs file.
;; You might want to change some of the actual values.

;; Make some non-standard key bindings.  We can put these in
;; c-mode-base-map because c-mode-map, c++-mode-map, and so on,
;; inherit from it.
(defun my-c-initialization-hook ()
  (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
  (define-key c-mode-base-map [?\C-\M-a] 'c-beginning-of-defun)
  (define-key c-mode-base-map [?\C-\M-e] 'c-end-of-defun)
(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-c-initialization-hook)

;; offset customizations not in my-c-style
;; This will take precedence over any setting of the syntactic symbol
;; made by a style.
(setq c-offsets-alist '((member-init-intro . ++)))

;; Create my personal style.
(defconst my-c-style
  '((c-tab-always-indent        . t)
    (c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
    (c-hanging-braces-alist     . ((substatement-open after)
                                   (brace-list-open)))

                                   (case-label        . 4)
                                   (block-open        . 0)
                                   (knr-argdecl-intro . -)))
    (c-echo-syntactic-information-p . t))
  "My C Programming Style")
(c-add-style "PERSONAL" my-c-style)

;; Customizations for all modes in CC Mode.
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  ;; set my personal style for the current buffer
  (c-set-style "PERSONAL")
  ;; other customizations
  (setq tab-width 8
        ;; this will make sure spaces are used instead of tabs
        indent-tabs-mode nil)
  ;; we like auto-newline, but not hungry-delete
  (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
@end verbatim

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Performance Issues, Limitations and Known Bugs, Sample .emacs File, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Performance Issues
@cindex performance
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@comment FIXME: (ACM, 2003/5/24).  Check whether AWK needs mentioning here.

C and its derivative languages are highly complex creatures.  Often,
ambiguous code situations arise that require @ccmode{} to scan large
portions of the buffer to determine syntactic context.  Such
pathological code can cause @ccmode{} to perform fairly badly.  This
section gives some insight in how @ccmode{} operates, how that interacts
with some coding styles, and what you can use to improve performance.

The overall goal is that @ccmode{} shouldn't be overly slow (i.e. take
more than a fraction of a second) in any interactive operation.
I.e. it's tuned to limit the maximum response time in single operations,
which is sometimes at the expense of batch-like operations like
reindenting whole blocks.  If you find that @ccmode{} gradually gets
slower and slower in certain situations, perhaps as the file grows in
size or as the macro or comment you're editing gets bigger, then chances
are that something isn't working right.  You should consider reporting
it, unless it's something that's mentioned in this section.

Because @ccmode{} has to scan the buffer backwards from the current
insertion point, and because C's syntax is fairly difficult to parse in
the backwards direction, @ccmode{} often tries to find the nearest
position higher up in the buffer from which to begin a forward scan
(it's typically an opening or closing parenthesis of some kind).  The
farther this position is from the current insertion point, the slower it
gets.

@findex beginning-of-defun
In earlier versions of @ccmode{}, we used to recommend putting the
opening brace of a top-level construct@footnote{E.g. a function in C,
or outermost class definition in C++ or Java.} into the leftmost
column.  Earlier still, this used to be a rigid Emacs constraint, as
embodied in the @code{beginning-of-defun} function.  @ccmode now
caches syntactic information much better, so that the delay caused by
searching for such a brace when it's not in column 0 is minimal,
except perhaps when you've just moved a long way inside the file.
Don't forget to rebind @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} to the @ccmode{}
functions @code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun} if you're
going to be hanging your braces! @xref{Sample .emacs File}.

@findex defun-prompt-regexp
@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp
@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp (c-)
A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common
style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the
right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs
approach.  @ccmode{} comes with a constant
@code{c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp} which tries to define a regular
expression usable for this style, but there are problems with it.  In
some cases it can cause @code{beginning-of-defun} to hang@footnote{This
has been observed in Emacs 19.34 and XEmacs 19.15.}.  For this reason,
it is not used by default, but if you feel adventurous, you can set
@code{defun-prompt-regexp} to it in your mode hook.  In any event,
setting and relying on @code{defun-prompt-regexp} will definitely slow
things down because (X)Emacs will be doing regular expression searches a
lot, so you'll probably be taking a hit either way!

@ccmode{} maintains a cache of the opening parentheses of the blocks
surrounding the point, and it adapts that cache as the point is moved
around.  That means that in bad cases it can take noticeable time to
indent a line in a new surrounding, but after that it gets fast as long
as the point isn't moved far off.  The farther the point is moved, the
less useful is the cache.  Since editing typically is done in ``chunks''
rather than on single lines far apart from each other, the cache
typically gives good performance even when the code doesn't fit the
Emacs approach to finding the defun starts.

@vindex c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p
@vindex enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p (c-)
XEmacs users can set the variable
@code{c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p} to non-@code{nil}.  This
tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some
circumstances, can locate the top-most opening brace much more quickly than
@code{beginning-of-defun}.  Preliminary testing has shown that for
styles where these braces are hung (e.g. most JDK-derived Java styles),
this hack can improve performance of the core syntax parsing routines
from 3 to 60 times.  However, for styles which @emph{do} conform to
Emacs' recommended style of putting top-level braces in column zero,
this hack can degrade performance by about as much.  Thus this variable
is set to @code{nil} by default, since the Emacs-friendly styles should
be more common (and encouraged!).  Note that this variable has no effect
in Emacs since the necessary built-in functions don't exist (in Emacs
21.3 as of this writing in May 2003).

Text properties are used to speed up skipping over syntactic whitespace,
i.e. comments and preprocessor directives.  Indenting a line after a
huge macro definition can be slow the first time, but after that the
text properties are in place and it should be fast (even after you've
edited other parts of the file and then moved back).

Font locking can be a CPU hog, especially the font locking done on
decoration level 3 which tries to be very accurate.  Note that that
level is designed to be used with a font lock support mode that only
fontifies the text that's actually shown, i.e. Lazy Lock or Just-in-time
Lock mode, so make sure you use one of them.  Fontification of a whole
buffer with some thousand lines can often take over a minute.  That is
a known weakness; the idea is that it never should happen.

The most effective way to speed up font locking is to reduce the
decoration level to 2 by setting @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration}
appropriately.  That level is designed to be as pretty as possible
without sacrificing performance.  @xref{Font Locking Preliminaries}, for
more info.


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Limitations and Known Bugs, FAQ, Performance Issues, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Limitations and Known Bugs
@cindex limitations
@cindex bugs
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@itemize @bullet
@item
There is no way to apply auto newline settings (@pxref{Auto-newlines})
on already typed lines.  That's only a feature to ease interactive
editing.

To generalize this issue a bit: @ccmode{} is not intended to be used as
a reformatter for old code in some more or less batch-like way.  With
the exception of some functions like @code{c-indent-region}, it's only
geared to be used interactively to edit new code.  There's currently no
intention to change this goal.

If you want to reformat old code, you're probably better off using some
other tool instead, e.g. @ref{Top, , GNU indent, indent, The `indent'
Manual}, which has more powerful reformatting capabilities than
@ccmode{}.

@item
The support for C++ templates (in angle brackets) is not yet complete.
When a non-nested template is used in a declaration, @ccmode{} indents
it and font-locks it OK.  Templates used in expressions, and nested
templates do not fare so well.  Sometimes a workaround is to refontify
the expression after typing the closing @samp{>}.
@end itemize

@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    FAQ, Updating CC Mode, Limitations and Known Bugs, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Frequently Asked Questions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@itemize @bullet
@item
@emph{How can I change the indent level from 4 spaces to 2 spaces?}

Set the variable @code{c-basic-offset}.  @xref{Getting Started}.

@item
@kindex RET
@kindex C-j
@emph{Why doesn't the @kbd{RET} key indent the new line?}

Emacs' convention is that @kbd{RET} just adds a newline, and that
@kbd{C-j} adds a newline and indents it.  You can make @kbd{RET} do this
too by adding this to your @code{c-initialization-hook}:

@example
(define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
@end example

@xref{Getting Started}.  This is a very common question.  If you want
this to be the default behavior, don't lobby us, lobby RMS!  @t{:-)}

@item
@emph{How do I stop my code jumping all over the place when I type?}

Deactivate ``electric minor mode'' with @kbd{C-c C-l}.  @xref{Getting
Started}.

@item
@kindex C-x h
@kindex C-M-\
@emph{How do I reindent the whole file?}

Visit the file and hit @kbd{C-x h} to mark the whole buffer. Then hit
@kbd{C-M-\}.  @xref{Indentation Commands}.

@item
@kindex C-M-q
@kindex C-M-u
@emph{How do I reindent the current block?}

First move to the brace which opens the block with @kbd{C-M-u}, then
reindent that expression with @kbd{C-M-q}.  @xref{Indentation
Commands}.

@item
@emph{I put @code{(c-set-offset 'substatement-open 0)} in my
@file{.emacs} file but I get an error saying that @code{c-set-offset}'s
function definition is void.  What's wrong?}

This means that @ccmode{} hasn't yet been loaded into your Emacs
session by the time the @code{c-set-offset} call is reached, most
likely because @ccmode{} is being autoloaded.  Instead of putting the
@code{c-set-offset} line in your top-level @file{.emacs} file, put it
in your @code{c-initialization-hook} (@pxref{CC Hooks}), or simply
modify @code{c-offsets-alist} directly:

@example
(setq c-offsets-alist '((substatement-open . 0)))
@end example

@item
@cindex open paren in column zero
@emph{I have an open paren character at column zero inside a comment or
multiline string literal, and it causes the fontification and/or
indentation to go haywire.  What gives?}

It's due to the ad-hoc rule in (X)Emacs that such open parens always
start defuns (which translates to functions, classes, namespaces or any
other top-level block constructs in the @ccmode{} languages).
@ifset XEMACS
@xref{Defuns,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual}, for details.
@end ifset
@ifclear XEMACS
@xref{Left Margin Paren,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for details
(@xref{Defuns,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, in the Emacs 20 manual).
@end ifclear

This heuristic is built into the core syntax analysis routines in
(X)Emacs, so it's not really a @ccmode{} issue.  However, in Emacs
21.1 it became possible to turn it off@footnote{Using the variable
@code{open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start}.} and @ccmode{} does so
there since it's got its own system to keep track of blocks.

@end itemize


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Updating CC Mode, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, FAQ, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Getting the Latest CC Mode Release
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@ccmode{} has been standard with all versions of Emacs since 19.34 and
of XEmacs since 19.16.

@cindex web site
Due to release schedule skew, it is likely that all of these Emacsen
have old versions of @ccmode{} and so should be upgraded.  Access to the
@ccmode{} source code, as well as more detailed information on Emacsen
compatibility, etc. are all available on the web site:

@quotation
@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/}
@end quotation


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Command and Function Index, Updating CC Mode, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@kindex C-c C-b
@findex c-submit-bug-report
@findex submit-bug-report (c-)
To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (bound to
@code{c-submit-bug-report}) command.  This provides vital information
we need to reproduce your problem.  Make sure you include a concise,
but complete code example.  Please try to boil your example down to
just the essential code needed to reproduce the problem, and include
an exact recipe of steps needed to expose the bug.  Be especially sure
to include any code that appears @emph{before} your bug example, if
you think it might affect our ability to reproduce it.

Please try to produce the problem in an Emacs instance without any
customizations loaded (i.e. start it with the @samp{-q -no-site-file}
arguments).  If it works correctly there, the problem might be caused
by faulty customizations in either your own or your site
configuration.  In that case, we'd appreciate if you isolate the Emacs
Lisp code that triggers the bug and include it in your report.

@cindex bug report mailing list
Bug reports should be sent to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.  You can
also send other questions and suggestions (kudos? @t{;-)} to that
address.  It's a mailing list which you can join or browse an archive
of; see the web site at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/} for
further details.

@cindex announcement mailing list
If you want to get announcements of new @ccmode{} releases, send the
word @emph{subscribe} in the body of a message to
@email{cc-mode-announce-request@@lists.sourceforge.net}.  It's possible
to subscribe from the web site too.  Announcements will also be posted
to the Usenet newsgroups @code{gnu.emacs.sources}, @code{comp.emacs},
@code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.lang.c}, @code{comp.lang.c++},
@code{comp.lang.objective-c}, @code{comp.lang.java.softwaretools},
@code{comp.lang.idl}, and @code{comp.lang.awk}.
@c There is no newsgroup for Pike.  :-(

@c Removed the tentative node "Mode Initialization" from here, 2005/8/27.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Command and Function Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since most @ccmode{} commands are prepended with the string

@end iftex
@printindex fn


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Variable Index, Concept and Key Index, Command and Function Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Variable Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Since most @ccmode{} variables are prepended with the string

@end iftex
@printindex vr


@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node    Concept and Key Index,  , Variable Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Concept and Key Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

@printindex cp